mirror of
https://github.com/rclone/rclone.git
synced 2024-12-05 06:40:52 +01:00
6427029c4e
* Update all dependencies * Remove all `[[constraint]]` from Gopkg.toml * Add in the minimum number of `[[override]]` to build * Remove go get of github.com/inconshreveable/mousetrap as it is vendored * Update docs with new policy on constraints
8005 lines
279 KiB
Go
8005 lines
279 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package elastictranscoder
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opCancelJob = "CancelJob"
|
|
|
|
// CancelJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CancelJob operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelJob for more information on using the CancelJob
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CancelJobRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CancelJobRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelJobOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCancelJob,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/jobs/{Id}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CancelJobInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CancelJobOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelJob API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The CancelJob operation cancels an unfinished job.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can only cancel a job that has a status of Submitted. To prevent a pipeline
|
|
// from starting to process a job while you're getting the job identifier, use
|
|
// UpdatePipelineStatus to temporarily pause the pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation CancelJob for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are
|
|
// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CancelJob(input *CancelJobInput) (*CancelJobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CancelJobWithContext is the same as CancelJob with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CancelJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CancelJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelJobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateJob = "CreateJob"
|
|
|
|
// CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobResponse) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateJob,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/jobs",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateJobInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateJobResponse{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateJob API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you create a job, Elastic Transcoder returns JSON data that includes
|
|
// the values that you specified plus information about the job that is created.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you have specified more than one output for your jobs (for example, one
|
|
// output for the Kindle Fire and another output for the Apple iPhone 4s), you
|
|
// currently must use the Elastic Transcoder API to list the jobs (as opposed
|
|
// to the AWS Console).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// Too many operations for a given AWS account. For example, the number of pipelines
|
|
// exceeds the maximum allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobResponse, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobResponse, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreatePipeline = "CreatePipeline"
|
|
|
|
// CreatePipelineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreatePipeline operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePipeline for more information on using the CreatePipeline
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreatePipelineRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreatePipelineRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePipelineRequest(input *CreatePipelineInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePipelineOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreatePipeline,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/pipelines",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreatePipelineInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreatePipelineOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The CreatePipeline operation creates a pipeline with settings that you specify.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation CreatePipeline for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// Too many operations for a given AWS account. For example, the number of pipelines
|
|
// exceeds the maximum allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePipeline(input *CreatePipelineInput) (*CreatePipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePipelineRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePipelineWithContext is the same as CreatePipeline with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePipeline for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePipelineWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePipelineInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePipelineRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreatePreset = "CreatePreset"
|
|
|
|
// CreatePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreatePreset operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePreset for more information on using the CreatePreset
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreatePresetRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreatePresetRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePresetOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreatePreset,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/presets",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreatePresetInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreatePresetOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePreset API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The CreatePreset operation creates a preset with settings that you specify.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder checks the CreatePreset settings to ensure that they meet
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder requirements and to determine whether they comply with
|
|
// H.264 standards. If your settings are not valid for Elastic Transcoder, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder returns an HTTP 400 response (ValidationException) and does not
|
|
// create the preset. If the settings are valid for Elastic Transcoder but aren't
|
|
// strictly compliant with the H.264 standard, Elastic Transcoder creates the
|
|
// preset and returns a warning message in the response. This helps you determine
|
|
// whether your settings comply with the H.264 standard while giving you greater
|
|
// flexibility with respect to the video that Elastic Transcoder produces.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder uses the H.264 video-compression format. For more information,
|
|
// see the International Telecommunication Union publication Recommendation
|
|
// ITU-T H.264: Advanced video coding for generic audiovisual services.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation CreatePreset for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// Too many operations for a given AWS account. For example, the number of pipelines
|
|
// exceeds the maximum allowed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePreset(input *CreatePresetInput) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePresetWithContext is the same as CreatePreset with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePreset for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) CreatePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeletePipeline = "DeletePipeline"
|
|
|
|
// DeletePipelineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeletePipeline operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeletePipeline for more information on using the DeletePipeline
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeletePipelineRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeletePipelineRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePipelineRequest(input *DeletePipelineInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePipelineOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeletePipeline,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/pipelines/{Id}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeletePipelineInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeletePipelineOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeletePipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DeletePipeline operation removes a pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can only delete a pipeline that has never been used or that is not currently
|
|
// in use (doesn't contain any active jobs). If the pipeline is currently in
|
|
// use, DeletePipeline returns an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation DeletePipeline for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are
|
|
// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePipeline(input *DeletePipelineInput) (*DeletePipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeletePipelineRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeletePipelineWithContext is the same as DeletePipeline with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeletePipeline for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePipelineWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePipelineInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeletePipelineRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeletePreset = "DeletePreset"
|
|
|
|
// DeletePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeletePreset operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeletePreset for more information on using the DeletePreset
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeletePresetRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeletePresetRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePresetOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeletePreset,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/presets/{Id}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeletePresetInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeletePresetOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeletePreset API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The DeletePreset operation removes a preset that you've added in an AWS region.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't delete the default presets that are included with Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation DeletePreset for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePreset(input *DeletePresetInput) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeletePresetWithContext is the same as DeletePreset with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeletePreset for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) DeletePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListJobsByPipeline = "ListJobsByPipeline"
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByPipelineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListJobsByPipeline operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobsByPipeline for more information on using the ListJobsByPipeline
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListJobsByPipelineRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListJobsByPipelineRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByPipelineRequest(input *ListJobsByPipelineInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsByPipelineOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListJobsByPipeline,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/jobsByPipeline/{PipelineId}",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"PageToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextPageToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListJobsByPipelineInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListJobsByPipelineOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByPipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ListJobsByPipeline operation gets a list of the jobs currently in a pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder returns all of the jobs currently in the specified pipeline.
|
|
// The response body contains one element for each job that satisfies the search
|
|
// criteria.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation ListJobsByPipeline for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByPipeline(input *ListJobsByPipelineInput) (*ListJobsByPipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListJobsByPipelineRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByPipelineWithContext is the same as ListJobsByPipeline with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobsByPipeline for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByPipelineWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsByPipelineInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsByPipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListJobsByPipelineRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByPipelinePages iterates over the pages of a ListJobsByPipeline operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobsByPipeline method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListJobsByPipeline operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListJobsByPipelinePages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListJobsByPipelineOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByPipelinePages(input *ListJobsByPipelineInput, fn func(*ListJobsByPipelineOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListJobsByPipelinePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByPipelinePagesWithContext same as ListJobsByPipelinePages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByPipelinePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsByPipelineInput, fn func(*ListJobsByPipelineOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListJobsByPipelineInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListJobsByPipelineRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListJobsByPipelineOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListJobsByStatus = "ListJobsByStatus"
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListJobsByStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobsByStatus for more information on using the ListJobsByStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListJobsByStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListJobsByStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByStatusRequest(input *ListJobsByStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsByStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListJobsByStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/jobsByStatus/{Status}",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"PageToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextPageToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListJobsByStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListJobsByStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ListJobsByStatus operation gets a list of jobs that have a specified
|
|
// status. The response body contains one element for each job that satisfies
|
|
// the search criteria.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation ListJobsByStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByStatus(input *ListJobsByStatusInput) (*ListJobsByStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListJobsByStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByStatusWithContext is the same as ListJobsByStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobsByStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsByStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsByStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListJobsByStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByStatusPages iterates over the pages of a ListJobsByStatus operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobsByStatus method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListJobsByStatus operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListJobsByStatusPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListJobsByStatusOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByStatusPages(input *ListJobsByStatusInput, fn func(*ListJobsByStatusOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListJobsByStatusPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsByStatusPagesWithContext same as ListJobsByStatusPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListJobsByStatusPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsByStatusInput, fn func(*ListJobsByStatusOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListJobsByStatusInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListJobsByStatusRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListJobsByStatusOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListPipelines = "ListPipelines"
|
|
|
|
// ListPipelinesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListPipelines operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPipelines for more information on using the ListPipelines
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListPipelinesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListPipelinesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPipelinesRequest(input *ListPipelinesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPipelinesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListPipelines,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/pipelines",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"PageToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextPageToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListPipelinesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListPipelinesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPipelines API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ListPipelines operation gets a list of the pipelines associated with
|
|
// the current AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation ListPipelines for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPipelines(input *ListPipelinesInput) (*ListPipelinesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPipelinesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPipelinesWithContext is the same as ListPipelines with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPipelines for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPipelinesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPipelinesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPipelinesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPipelinesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPipelinesPages iterates over the pages of a ListPipelines operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPipelines method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListPipelines operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListPipelinesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListPipelinesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPipelinesPages(input *ListPipelinesInput, fn func(*ListPipelinesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListPipelinesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPipelinesPagesWithContext same as ListPipelinesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPipelinesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPipelinesInput, fn func(*ListPipelinesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListPipelinesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListPipelinesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPipelinesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListPresets = "ListPresets"
|
|
|
|
// ListPresetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListPresets operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPresets for more information on using the ListPresets
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListPresetsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListPresetsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPresetsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListPresets,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/presets",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"PageToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextPageToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListPresetsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListPresetsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPresets API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ListPresets operation gets a list of the default presets included with
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder and the presets that you've added in an AWS region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation ListPresets for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPresets(input *ListPresetsInput) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPresetsWithContext is the same as ListPresets with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPresets for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPresetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPresetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPresetsPages iterates over the pages of a ListPresets operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPresets method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListPresets operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListPresetsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListPresetsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPresetsPages(input *ListPresetsInput, fn func(*ListPresetsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListPresetsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPresetsPagesWithContext same as ListPresetsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ListPresetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPresetsInput, fn func(*ListPresetsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListPresetsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListPresetsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPresetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReadJob = "ReadJob"
|
|
|
|
// ReadJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReadJob operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReadJob for more information on using the ReadJob
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReadJobRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReadJobRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadJobRequest(input *ReadJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReadJobOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReadJob,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/jobs/{Id}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReadJobInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReadJobOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReadJob API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ReadJob operation returns detailed information about a job.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation ReadJob for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadJob(input *ReadJobInput) (*ReadJobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReadJobRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReadJobWithContext is the same as ReadJob with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReadJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReadJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReadJobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReadJobRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReadPipeline = "ReadPipeline"
|
|
|
|
// ReadPipelineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReadPipeline operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReadPipeline for more information on using the ReadPipeline
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReadPipelineRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReadPipelineRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPipelineRequest(input *ReadPipelineInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReadPipelineOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReadPipeline,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/pipelines/{Id}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReadPipelineInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReadPipelineOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReadPipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ReadPipeline operation gets detailed information about a pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation ReadPipeline for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPipeline(input *ReadPipelineInput) (*ReadPipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReadPipelineRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReadPipelineWithContext is the same as ReadPipeline with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReadPipeline for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPipelineWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReadPipelineInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReadPipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReadPipelineRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReadPreset = "ReadPreset"
|
|
|
|
// ReadPresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReadPreset operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReadPreset for more information on using the ReadPreset
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReadPresetRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReadPresetRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPresetRequest(input *ReadPresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReadPresetOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReadPreset,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/presets/{Id}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReadPresetInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReadPresetOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReadPreset API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The ReadPreset operation gets detailed information about a preset.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation ReadPreset for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPreset(input *ReadPresetInput) (*ReadPresetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReadPresetRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReadPresetWithContext is the same as ReadPreset with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReadPreset for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) ReadPresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReadPresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReadPresetOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReadPresetRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opTestRole = "TestRole"
|
|
|
|
// TestRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the TestRole operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TestRole for more information on using the TestRole
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the TestRoleRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.TestRoleRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) TestRoleRequest(input *TestRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output *TestRoleOutput) {
|
|
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
|
|
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, TestRole, has been deprecated")
|
|
}
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opTestRole,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/roleTests",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &TestRoleInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &TestRoleOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TestRole API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The TestRole operation tests the IAM role used to create the pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// The TestRole action lets you determine whether the IAM role you are using
|
|
// has sufficient permissions to let Elastic Transcoder perform tasks associated
|
|
// with the transcoding process. The action attempts to assume the specified
|
|
// IAM role, checks read access to the input and output buckets, and tries to
|
|
// send a test notification to Amazon SNS topics that you specify.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation TestRole for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) TestRole(input *TestRoleInput) (*TestRoleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TestRoleRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TestRoleWithContext is the same as TestRole with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TestRole for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) TestRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TestRoleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TestRoleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TestRoleRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdatePipeline = "UpdatePipeline"
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdatePipeline operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePipeline for more information on using the UpdatePipeline
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePipelineRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdatePipelineRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineRequest(input *UpdatePipelineInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePipelineOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdatePipeline,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/pipelines/{Id}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdatePipelineInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdatePipelineOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipeline API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use the UpdatePipeline operation to update settings for a pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you change pipeline settings, your changes take effect immediately.
|
|
// Jobs that you have already submitted and that Elastic Transcoder has not
|
|
// started to process are affected in addition to jobs that you submit after
|
|
// you change settings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation UpdatePipeline for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are
|
|
// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipeline(input *UpdatePipelineInput) (*UpdatePipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePipelineRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineWithContext is the same as UpdatePipeline with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePipeline for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePipelineInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePipelineOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePipelineRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdatePipelineNotifications = "UpdatePipelineNotifications"
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdatePipelineNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePipelineNotifications for more information on using the UpdatePipelineNotifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest(input *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdatePipelineNotifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/pipelines/{Id}/notifications",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineNotifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// With the UpdatePipelineNotifications operation, you can update Amazon Simple
|
|
// Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for a pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you update notifications for a pipeline, Elastic Transcoder returns
|
|
// the values that you specified in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation UpdatePipelineNotifications for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are
|
|
// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineNotifications(input *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) (*UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineNotificationsWithContext is the same as UpdatePipelineNotifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePipelineNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdatePipelineStatus = "UpdatePipelineStatus"
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdatePipelineStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePipelineStatus for more information on using the UpdatePipelineStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePipelineStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdatePipelineStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineStatusRequest(input *UpdatePipelineStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePipelineStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdatePipelineStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/2012-09-25/pipelines/{Id}/status",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdatePipelineStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdatePipelineStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineStatus API operation for Amazon Elastic Transcoder.
|
|
//
|
|
// The UpdatePipelineStatus operation pauses or reactivates a pipeline, so that
|
|
// the pipeline stops or restarts the processing of jobs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Changing the pipeline status is useful if you want to cancel one or more
|
|
// jobs. You can't cancel jobs after Elastic Transcoder has started processing
|
|
// them; if you pause the pipeline to which you submitted the jobs, you have
|
|
// more time to get the job IDs for the jobs that you want to cancel, and to
|
|
// send a CancelJob request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Transcoder's
|
|
// API operation UpdatePipelineStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
|
|
// One or more required parameter values were not provided in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIncompatibleVersionException "IncompatibleVersionException"
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// The requested resource does not exist or is not available. For example, the
|
|
// pipeline to which you're trying to add a job doesn't exist or is still being
|
|
// created.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to change is in use. For example, you are
|
|
// attempting to delete a pipeline that is currently in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
|
|
// General authentication failure. The request was not signed correctly.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInternalServiceException "InternalServiceException"
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encountered an unexpected exception while trying to fulfill
|
|
// the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineStatus(input *UpdatePipelineStatusInput) (*UpdatePipelineStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePipelineStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePipelineStatusWithContext is the same as UpdatePipelineStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePipelineStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *ElasticTranscoder) UpdatePipelineStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePipelineStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePipelineStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePipelineStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The file to be used as album art. There can be multiple artworks associated
|
|
// with an audio file, to a maximum of 20.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove artwork or leave the artwork empty, you can either set Artwork
|
|
// to null, or set the Merge Policy to "Replace" and use an empty Artwork array.
|
|
//
|
|
// To pass through existing artwork unchanged, set the Merge Policy to "Prepend",
|
|
// "Append", or "Fallback", and use an empty Artwork array.
|
|
type Artwork struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of album art, if any. Valid formats are .jpg and .png.
|
|
AlbumArtFormat *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply
|
|
// to your artwork.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the file to be used as album art. To determine which Amazon S3
|
|
// bucket contains the specified file, Elastic Transcoder checks the pipeline
|
|
// specified by PipelineId; the InputBucket object in that pipeline identifies
|
|
// the bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the file name includes a prefix, for example, cooking/pie.jpg, include
|
|
// the prefix in the key. If the file isn't in the specified bucket, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder returns an error.
|
|
InputKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum height of the output album art in pixels. If you specify auto,
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder uses 600 as the default value. If you specify a numeric
|
|
// value, enter an even integer between 32 and 3072, inclusive.
|
|
MaxHeight *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum width of the output album art in pixels. If you specify auto,
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder uses 600 as the default value. If you specify a numeric
|
|
// value, enter an even integer between 32 and 4096, inclusive.
|
|
MaxWidth *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When you set PaddingPolicy to Pad, Elastic Transcoder may add white bars
|
|
// to the top and bottom and/or left and right sides of the output album art
|
|
// to make the total size of the output art match the values that you specified
|
|
// for MaxWidth and MaxHeight.
|
|
PaddingPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify one of the following values to control scaling of the output album
|
|
// art:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fit: Elastic Transcoder scales the output art so it matches the value
|
|
// that you specified in either MaxWidth or MaxHeight without exceeding the
|
|
// other value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fill: Elastic Transcoder scales the output art so it matches the value
|
|
// that you specified in either MaxWidth or MaxHeight and matches or exceeds
|
|
// the other value. Elastic Transcoder centers the output art and then crops
|
|
// it in the dimension (if any) that exceeds the maximum value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Stretch: Elastic Transcoder stretches the output art to match the values
|
|
// that you specified for MaxWidth and MaxHeight. If the relative proportions
|
|
// of the input art and the output art are different, the output art will
|
|
// be distorted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Keep: Elastic Transcoder does not scale the output art. If either dimension
|
|
// of the input art exceeds the values that you specified for MaxWidth and
|
|
// MaxHeight, Elastic Transcoder crops the output art.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ShrinkToFit: Elastic Transcoder scales the output art down so that its
|
|
// dimensions match the values that you specified for at least one of MaxWidth
|
|
// and MaxHeight without exceeding either value. If you specify this option,
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder does not scale the art up.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ShrinkToFill Elastic Transcoder scales the output art down so that its
|
|
// dimensions match the values that you specified for at least one of MaxWidth
|
|
// and MaxHeight without dropping below either value. If you specify this
|
|
// option, Elastic Transcoder does not scale the art up.
|
|
SizingPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Artwork) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Artwork) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Artwork"}
|
|
if s.InputKey != nil && len(*s.InputKey) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputKey", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAlbumArtFormat sets the AlbumArtFormat field's value.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) SetAlbumArtFormat(v string) *Artwork {
|
|
s.AlbumArtFormat = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Artwork {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputKey sets the InputKey field's value.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) SetInputKey(v string) *Artwork {
|
|
s.InputKey = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxHeight sets the MaxHeight field's value.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) SetMaxHeight(v string) *Artwork {
|
|
s.MaxHeight = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxWidth sets the MaxWidth field's value.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) SetMaxWidth(v string) *Artwork {
|
|
s.MaxWidth = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPaddingPolicy sets the PaddingPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) SetPaddingPolicy(v string) *Artwork {
|
|
s.PaddingPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSizingPolicy sets the SizingPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Artwork) SetSizingPolicy(v string) *Artwork {
|
|
s.SizingPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Options associated with your audio codec.
|
|
type AudioCodecOptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// You can only choose an audio bit depth when you specify flac or pcm for the
|
|
// value of Audio:Codec.
|
|
//
|
|
// The bit depth of a sample is how many bits of information are included in
|
|
// the audio samples. The higher the bit depth, the better the audio, but the
|
|
// larger the file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values are 16 and 24.
|
|
//
|
|
// The most common bit depth is 24.
|
|
BitDepth *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// You can only choose an audio bit order when you specify pcm for the value
|
|
// of Audio:Codec.
|
|
//
|
|
// The order the bits of a PCM sample are stored in.
|
|
//
|
|
// The supported value is LittleEndian.
|
|
BitOrder *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// You can only choose an audio profile when you specify AAC for the value of
|
|
// Audio:Codec.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify the AAC profile for the output file. Elastic Transcoder supports
|
|
// the following profiles:
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto: If you specify auto, Elastic Transcoder selects the profile based
|
|
// on the bit rate selected for the output file.
|
|
//
|
|
// * AAC-LC: The most common AAC profile. Use for bit rates larger than 64
|
|
// kbps.
|
|
//
|
|
// * HE-AAC: Not supported on some older players and devices. Use for bit
|
|
// rates between 40 and 80 kbps.
|
|
//
|
|
// * HE-AACv2: Not supported on some players and devices. Use for bit rates
|
|
// less than 48 kbps.
|
|
//
|
|
// All outputs in a Smooth playlist must have the same value for Profile.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you created any presets before AAC profiles were added, Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// automatically updated your presets to use AAC-LC. You can change the value
|
|
// as required.
|
|
Profile *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// You can only choose whether an audio sample is signed when you specify pcm
|
|
// for the value of Audio:Codec.
|
|
//
|
|
// Whether audio samples are represented with negative and positive numbers
|
|
// (signed) or only positive numbers (unsigned).
|
|
//
|
|
// The supported value is Signed.
|
|
Signed *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AudioCodecOptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AudioCodecOptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioCodecOptions) SetBitDepth(v string) *AudioCodecOptions {
|
|
s.BitDepth = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBitOrder sets the BitOrder field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioCodecOptions) SetBitOrder(v string) *AudioCodecOptions {
|
|
s.BitOrder = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioCodecOptions) SetProfile(v string) *AudioCodecOptions {
|
|
s.Profile = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSigned sets the Signed field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioCodecOptions) SetSigned(v string) *AudioCodecOptions {
|
|
s.Signed = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Parameters required for transcoding audio.
|
|
type AudioParameters struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The method of organizing audio channels and tracks. Use Audio:Channels to
|
|
// specify the number of channels in your output, and Audio:AudioPackingMode
|
|
// to specify the number of tracks and their relation to the channels. If you
|
|
// do not specify an Audio:AudioPackingMode, Elastic Transcoder uses SingleTrack.
|
|
//
|
|
// The following values are valid:
|
|
//
|
|
// SingleTrack, OneChannelPerTrack, and OneChannelPerTrackWithMosTo8Tracks
|
|
//
|
|
// When you specify SingleTrack, Elastic Transcoder creates a single track for
|
|
// your output. The track can have up to eight channels. Use SingleTrack for
|
|
// all non-mxf containers.
|
|
//
|
|
// The outputs of SingleTrack for a specific channel value and inputs are as
|
|
// follows:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 0 channels with any input: Audio omitted from the output
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1, 2, or auto channels with no audio input: Audio omitted from the output
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1 channel with any input with audio: One track with one channel, downmixed
|
|
// if necessary
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 channels with one track with one channel: One track with two identical
|
|
// channels
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 or auto channels with two tracks with one channel each: One track
|
|
// with two channels
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 or auto channels with one track with two channels: One track with
|
|
// two channels
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 channels with one track with multiple channels: One track with two
|
|
// channels
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto channels with one track with one channel: One track with one channel
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto channels with one track with multiple channels: One track with
|
|
// multiple channels
|
|
//
|
|
// When you specify OneChannelPerTrack, Elastic Transcoder creates a new track
|
|
// for every channel in your output. Your output can have up to eight single-channel
|
|
// tracks.
|
|
//
|
|
// The outputs of OneChannelPerTrack for a specific channel value and inputs
|
|
// are as follows:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 0 channels with any input: Audio omitted from the output
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1, 2, or auto channels with no audio input: Audio omitted from the output
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1 channel with any input with audio: One track with one channel, downmixed
|
|
// if necessary
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 channels with one track with one channel: Two tracks with one identical
|
|
// channel each
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 or auto channels with two tracks with one channel each: Two tracks
|
|
// with one channel each
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 or auto channels with one track with two channels: Two tracks with
|
|
// one channel each
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 channels with one track with multiple channels: Two tracks with one
|
|
// channel each
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto channels with one track with one channel: One track with one channel
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto channels with one track with multiple channels: Up to eight tracks
|
|
// with one channel each
|
|
//
|
|
// When you specify OneChannelPerTrackWithMosTo8Tracks, Elastic Transcoder creates
|
|
// eight single-channel tracks for your output. All tracks that do not contain
|
|
// audio data from an input channel are MOS, or Mit Out Sound, tracks.
|
|
//
|
|
// The outputs of OneChannelPerTrackWithMosTo8Tracks for a specific channel
|
|
// value and inputs are as follows:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 0 channels with any input: Audio omitted from the output
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1, 2, or auto channels with no audio input: Audio omitted from the output
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1 channel with any input with audio: One track with one channel, downmixed
|
|
// if necessary, plus six MOS tracks
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 channels with one track with one channel: Two tracks with one identical
|
|
// channel each, plus six MOS tracks
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 or auto channels with two tracks with one channel each: Two tracks
|
|
// with one channel each, plus six MOS tracks
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 or auto channels with one track with two channels: Two tracks with
|
|
// one channel each, plus six MOS tracks
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 channels with one track with multiple channels: Two tracks with one
|
|
// channel each, plus six MOS tracks
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto channels with one track with one channel: One track with one channel,
|
|
// plus seven MOS tracks
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto channels with one track with multiple channels: Up to eight tracks
|
|
// with one channel each, plus MOS tracks until there are eight tracks in
|
|
// all
|
|
AudioPackingMode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The bit rate of the audio stream in the output file, in kilobits/second.
|
|
// Enter an integer between 64 and 320, inclusive.
|
|
BitRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of audio channels in the output file. The following values are
|
|
// valid:
|
|
//
|
|
// auto, 0, 1, 2
|
|
//
|
|
// One channel carries the information played by a single speaker. For example,
|
|
// a stereo track with two channels sends one channel to the left speaker, and
|
|
// the other channel to the right speaker. The output channels are organized
|
|
// into tracks. If you want Elastic Transcoder to automatically detect the number
|
|
// of audio channels in the input file and use that value for the output file,
|
|
// select auto.
|
|
//
|
|
// The output of a specific channel value and inputs are as follows:
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto channel specified, with any input: Pass through up to eight input
|
|
// channels.
|
|
//
|
|
// * 0 channels specified, with any input: Audio omitted from the output.
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1 channel specified, with at least one input channel: Mono sound.
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 channels specified, with any input: Two identical mono channels or
|
|
// stereo. For more information about tracks, see Audio:AudioPackingMode.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about how Elastic Transcoder organizes channels and
|
|
// tracks, see Audio:AudioPackingMode.
|
|
Channels *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The audio codec for the output file. Valid values include aac, flac, mp2,
|
|
// mp3, pcm, and vorbis.
|
|
Codec *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If you specified AAC for Audio:Codec, this is the AAC compression profile
|
|
// to use. Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// auto, AAC-LC, HE-AAC, HE-AACv2
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify auto, Elastic Transcoder chooses a profile based on the bit
|
|
// rate of the output file.
|
|
CodecOptions *AudioCodecOptions `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The sample rate of the audio stream in the output file, in Hertz. Valid values
|
|
// include:
|
|
//
|
|
// auto, 22050, 32000, 44100, 48000, 96000
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify auto, Elastic Transcoder automatically detects the sample
|
|
// rate.
|
|
SampleRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AudioParameters) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AudioParameters) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAudioPackingMode sets the AudioPackingMode field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioParameters) SetAudioPackingMode(v string) *AudioParameters {
|
|
s.AudioPackingMode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBitRate sets the BitRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioParameters) SetBitRate(v string) *AudioParameters {
|
|
s.BitRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioParameters) SetChannels(v string) *AudioParameters {
|
|
s.Channels = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioParameters) SetCodec(v string) *AudioParameters {
|
|
s.Codec = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCodecOptions sets the CodecOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioParameters) SetCodecOptions(v *AudioCodecOptions) *AudioParameters {
|
|
s.CodecOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *AudioParameters) SetSampleRate(v string) *AudioParameters {
|
|
s.SampleRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The CancelJobRequest structure.
|
|
type CancelJobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the job that you want to cancel.
|
|
//
|
|
// To get a list of the jobs (including their jobId) that have a status of Submitted,
|
|
// use the ListJobsByStatus API action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelJobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelJobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CancelJobInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelJobInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *CancelJobInput) SetId(v string) *CancelJobInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The response body contains a JSON object. If the job is successfully canceled,
|
|
// the value of Success is true.
|
|
type CancelJobOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelJobOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CancelJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The file format of the output captions. If you leave this value blank, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder returns an error.
|
|
type CaptionFormat struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply
|
|
// to your caption formats.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The format you specify determines whether Elastic Transcoder generates an
|
|
// embedded or sidecar caption for this output.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Valid Embedded Caption Formats:
|
|
//
|
|
// for FLAC: None
|
|
//
|
|
// For MP3: None
|
|
//
|
|
// For MP4: mov-text
|
|
//
|
|
// For MPEG-TS: None
|
|
//
|
|
// For ogg: None
|
|
//
|
|
// For webm: None
|
|
//
|
|
// * Valid Sidecar Caption Formats: Elastic Transcoder supports dfxp (first
|
|
// div element only), scc, srt, and webvtt. If you want ttml or smpte-tt
|
|
// compatible captions, specify dfxp as your output format.
|
|
//
|
|
// For FMP4: dfxp
|
|
//
|
|
// Non-FMP4 outputs: All sidecar types
|
|
//
|
|
// fmp4 captions have an extension of .ismt
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix for caption filenames, in the form description-{language}, where:
|
|
//
|
|
// * description is a description of the video.
|
|
//
|
|
// * {language} is a literal value that Elastic Transcoder replaces with
|
|
// the two- or three-letter code for the language of the caption in the output
|
|
// file names.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't include {language} in the file name pattern, Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// automatically appends "{language}" to the value that you specify for the
|
|
// description. In addition, Elastic Transcoder automatically appends the count
|
|
// to the end of the segment files.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, suppose you're transcoding into srt format. When you enter "Sydney-{language}-sunrise",
|
|
// and the language of the captions is English (en), the name of the first caption
|
|
// file is be Sydney-en-sunrise00000.srt.
|
|
Pattern *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CaptionFormat) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CaptionFormat) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionFormat) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *CaptionFormat {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionFormat) SetFormat(v string) *CaptionFormat {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionFormat) SetPattern(v string) *CaptionFormat {
|
|
s.Pattern = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A source file for the input sidecar captions used during the transcoding
|
|
// process.
|
|
type CaptionSource struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that Elastic Transcoder needs to decyrpt
|
|
// your caption sources, or that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply to your
|
|
// caption sources.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the sidecar caption file that you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// include in the output file.
|
|
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The label of the caption shown in the player when choosing a language. We
|
|
// recommend that you put the caption language name here, in the language of
|
|
// the captions.
|
|
Label *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A string that specifies the language of the caption. If you specified multiple
|
|
// inputs with captions, the caption language must match in order to be included
|
|
// in the output. Specify this as one of:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2-character ISO 639-1 code
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3-character ISO 639-2 code
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on ISO language codes and language names, see the List
|
|
// of ISO 639-1 codes.
|
|
Language *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// For clip generation or captions that do not start at the same time as the
|
|
// associated video file, the TimeOffset tells Elastic Transcoder how much of
|
|
// the video to encode before including captions.
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify the TimeOffset in the form [+-]SS.sss or [+-]HH:mm:SS.ss.
|
|
TimeOffset *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CaptionSource) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CaptionSource) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CaptionSource) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSource"}
|
|
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Label != nil && len(*s.Label) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Label", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Language != nil && len(*s.Language) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Language", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionSource) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *CaptionSource {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionSource) SetKey(v string) *CaptionSource {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLabel sets the Label field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionSource) SetLabel(v string) *CaptionSource {
|
|
s.Label = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLanguage sets the Language field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionSource) SetLanguage(v string) *CaptionSource {
|
|
s.Language = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimeOffset sets the TimeOffset field's value.
|
|
func (s *CaptionSource) SetTimeOffset(v string) *CaptionSource {
|
|
s.TimeOffset = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The captions to be created, if any.
|
|
type Captions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The array of file formats for the output captions. If you leave this value
|
|
// blank, Elastic Transcoder returns an error.
|
|
CaptionFormats []*CaptionFormat `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Source files for the input sidecar captions used during the transcoding process.
|
|
// To omit all sidecar captions, leave CaptionSources blank.
|
|
CaptionSources []*CaptionSource `deprecated:"true" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A policy that determines how Elastic Transcoder handles the existence of
|
|
// multiple captions.
|
|
//
|
|
// * MergeOverride: Elastic Transcoder transcodes both embedded and sidecar
|
|
// captions into outputs. If captions for a language are embedded in the
|
|
// input file and also appear in a sidecar file, Elastic Transcoder uses
|
|
// the sidecar captions and ignores the embedded captions for that language.
|
|
//
|
|
// * MergeRetain: Elastic Transcoder transcodes both embedded and sidecar
|
|
// captions into outputs. If captions for a language are embedded in the
|
|
// input file and also appear in a sidecar file, Elastic Transcoder uses
|
|
// the embedded captions and ignores the sidecar captions for that language.
|
|
// If CaptionSources is empty, Elastic Transcoder omits all sidecar captions
|
|
// from the output files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Override: Elastic Transcoder transcodes only the sidecar captions that
|
|
// you specify in CaptionSources.
|
|
//
|
|
// MergePolicy cannot be null.
|
|
MergePolicy *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Captions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Captions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Captions) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Captions"}
|
|
if s.CaptionSources != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.CaptionSources {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSources", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCaptionFormats sets the CaptionFormats field's value.
|
|
func (s *Captions) SetCaptionFormats(v []*CaptionFormat) *Captions {
|
|
s.CaptionFormats = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCaptionSources sets the CaptionSources field's value.
|
|
func (s *Captions) SetCaptionSources(v []*CaptionSource) *Captions {
|
|
s.CaptionSources = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergePolicy sets the MergePolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Captions) SetMergePolicy(v string) *Captions {
|
|
s.MergePolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Settings for one clip in a composition. All jobs in a playlist must have
|
|
// the same clip settings.
|
|
type Clip struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings that determine when a clip begins and how long it lasts.
|
|
TimeSpan *TimeSpan `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Clip) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Clip) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimeSpan sets the TimeSpan field's value.
|
|
func (s *Clip) SetTimeSpan(v *TimeSpan) *Clip {
|
|
s.TimeSpan = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The CreateJobRequest structure.
|
|
type CreateJobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request body that provides information about the file that
|
|
// is being transcoded.
|
|
Input *JobInput `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request body that provides information about the files that
|
|
// are being transcoded.
|
|
Inputs []*JobInput `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request body that provides information about the transcoded
|
|
// (target) file. We strongly recommend that you use the Outputs syntax instead
|
|
// of the Output syntax.
|
|
Output *CreateJobOutput `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The value, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to prepend to the names
|
|
// of all files that this job creates, including output files, thumbnails, and
|
|
// playlists.
|
|
OutputKeyPrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request body that provides information about the transcoded
|
|
// (target) files. We recommend that you use the Outputs syntax instead of the
|
|
// Output syntax.
|
|
Outputs []*CreateJobOutput `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Id of the pipeline that you want Elastic Transcoder to use for transcoding.
|
|
// The pipeline determines several settings, including the Amazon S3 bucket
|
|
// from which Elastic Transcoder gets the files to transcode and the bucket
|
|
// into which Elastic Transcoder puts the transcoded files.
|
|
//
|
|
// PipelineId is a required field
|
|
PipelineId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// If you specify a preset in PresetId for which the value of Container is fmp4
|
|
// (Fragmented MP4) or ts (MPEG-TS), Playlists contains information about the
|
|
// master playlists that you want Elastic Transcoder to create.
|
|
//
|
|
// The maximum number of master playlists in a job is 30.
|
|
Playlists []*CreateJobPlaylist `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// job. You specify metadata in key/value pairs, and you can add up to 10 key/value
|
|
// pairs per job. Elastic Transcoder does not guarantee that key/value pairs
|
|
// are returned in the same order in which you specify them.
|
|
UserMetadata map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobInput"}
|
|
if s.OutputKeyPrefix != nil && len(*s.OutputKeyPrefix) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OutputKeyPrefix", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PipelineId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PipelineId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Input != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Input.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Input", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Inputs != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Inputs {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Inputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Output != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Output.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Output", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Outputs != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Outputs {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Outputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Playlists != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Playlists {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Playlists", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInput sets the Input field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetInput(v *JobInput) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.Input = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetInputs(v []*JobInput) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.Inputs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutput sets the Output field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetOutput(v *CreateJobOutput) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.Output = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputKeyPrefix sets the OutputKeyPrefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetOutputKeyPrefix(v string) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.OutputKeyPrefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetOutputs(v []*CreateJobOutput) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.Outputs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetPipelineId(v string) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.PipelineId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlaylists sets the Playlists field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetPlaylists(v []*CreateJobPlaylist) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.Playlists = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobInput) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput {
|
|
s.UserMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The CreateJobOutput structure.
|
|
type CreateJobOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the album art that you want Elastic Transcoder to add to
|
|
// the file during transcoding. You can specify up to twenty album artworks
|
|
// for each output. Settings for each artwork must be defined in the job for
|
|
// the current output.
|
|
AlbumArt *JobAlbumArt `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// You can configure Elastic Transcoder to transcode captions, or subtitles,
|
|
// from one format to another. All captions must be in UTF-8. Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// supports two types of captions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Embedded: Embedded captions are included in the same file as the audio
|
|
// and video. Elastic Transcoder supports only one embedded caption per language,
|
|
// to a maximum of 300 embedded captions per file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid input values include: CEA-608 (EIA-608, first non-empty channel only),
|
|
// CEA-708 (EIA-708, first non-empty channel only), and mov-text
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid outputs include: mov-text
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder supports a maximum of one embedded format per output.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Sidecar: Sidecar captions are kept in a separate metadata file from
|
|
// the audio and video data. Sidecar captions require a player that is capable
|
|
// of understanding the relationship between the video file and the sidecar
|
|
// file. Elastic Transcoder supports only one sidecar caption per language,
|
|
// to a maximum of 20 sidecar captions per file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid input values include: dfxp (first div element only), ebu-tt, scc, smpt,
|
|
// srt, ttml (first div element only), and webvtt
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid outputs include: dfxp (first div element only), scc, srt, and webvtt.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you want ttml or smpte-tt compatible captions, specify dfxp as your output
|
|
// format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder does not support OCR (Optical Character Recognition),
|
|
// does not accept pictures as a valid input for captions, and is not available
|
|
// for audio-only transcoding. Elastic Transcoder does not preserve text formatting
|
|
// (for example, italics) during the transcoding process.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove captions or leave the captions empty, set Captions to null. To
|
|
// pass through existing captions unchanged, set the MergePolicy to MergeRetain,
|
|
// and pass in a null CaptionSources array.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on embedded files, see the Subtitles Wikipedia page.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on sidecar files, see the Extensible Metadata Platform
|
|
// and Sidecar file Wikipedia pages.
|
|
Captions *Captions `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// You can create an output file that contains an excerpt from the input file.
|
|
// This excerpt, called a clip, can come from the beginning, middle, or end
|
|
// of the file. The Composition object contains settings for the clips that
|
|
// make up an output file. For the current release, you can only specify settings
|
|
// for a single clip per output file. The Composition object cannot be null.
|
|
Composition []*Clip `deprecated:"true" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// You can specify encryption settings for any output files that you want to
|
|
// use for a transcoding job. This includes the output file and any watermarks,
|
|
// thumbnails, album art, or captions that you want to use. You must specify
|
|
// encryption settings for each file individually.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name to assign to the transcoded file. Elastic Transcoder saves the file
|
|
// in the Amazon S3 bucket specified by the OutputBucket object in the pipeline
|
|
// that is specified by the pipeline ID. If a file with the specified name already
|
|
// exists in the output bucket, the job fails.
|
|
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Id of the preset to use for this job. The preset determines the audio,
|
|
// video, and thumbnail settings that Elastic Transcoder uses for transcoding.
|
|
PresetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of degrees clockwise by which you want Elastic Transcoder to rotate
|
|
// the output relative to the input. Enter one of the following values: auto,
|
|
// 0, 90, 180, 270. The value auto generally works only if the file that you're
|
|
// transcoding contains rotation metadata.
|
|
Rotate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// (Outputs in Fragmented MP4 or MPEG-TS format only.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a preset in PresetId for which the value of Container is fmp4
|
|
// (Fragmented MP4) or ts (MPEG-TS), SegmentDuration is the target maximum duration
|
|
// of each segment in seconds. For HLSv3 format playlists, each media segment
|
|
// is stored in a separate .ts file. For HLSv4 and Smooth playlists, all media
|
|
// segments for an output are stored in a single file. Each segment is approximately
|
|
// the length of the SegmentDuration, though individual segments might be shorter
|
|
// or longer.
|
|
//
|
|
// The range of valid values is 1 to 60 seconds. If the duration of the video
|
|
// is not evenly divisible by SegmentDuration, the duration of the last segment
|
|
// is the remainder of total length/SegmentDuration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder creates an output-specific playlist for each output HLS
|
|
// output that you specify in OutputKeys. To add an output to the master playlist
|
|
// for this job, include it in the OutputKeys of the associated playlist.
|
|
SegmentDuration *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply
|
|
// to your thumbnail.
|
|
ThumbnailEncryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether you want Elastic Transcoder to create thumbnails for your videos
|
|
// and, if so, how you want Elastic Transcoder to name the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't want Elastic Transcoder to create thumbnails, specify "".
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do want Elastic Transcoder to create thumbnails, specify the information
|
|
// that you want to include in the file name for each thumbnail. You can specify
|
|
// the following values in any sequence:
|
|
//
|
|
// * {count} (Required): If you want to create thumbnails, you must include
|
|
// {count} in the ThumbnailPattern object. Wherever you specify {count},
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder adds a five-digit sequence number (beginning with 00001)
|
|
// to thumbnail file names. The number indicates where a given thumbnail
|
|
// appears in the sequence of thumbnails for a transcoded file.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a literal value and/or {resolution} but you omit {count},
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder returns a validation error and does not create the
|
|
// job.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Literal values (Optional): You can specify literal values anywhere in
|
|
// the ThumbnailPattern object. For example, you can include them as a file
|
|
// name prefix or as a delimiter between {resolution} and {count}.
|
|
//
|
|
// * {resolution} (Optional): If you want Elastic Transcoder to include the
|
|
// resolution in the file name, include {resolution} in the ThumbnailPattern
|
|
// object.
|
|
//
|
|
// When creating thumbnails, Elastic Transcoder automatically saves the files
|
|
// in the format (.jpg or .png) that appears in the preset that you specified
|
|
// in the PresetID value of CreateJobOutput. Elastic Transcoder also appends
|
|
// the applicable file name extension.
|
|
ThumbnailPattern *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the watermarks that you want Elastic Transcoder to add
|
|
// to the video during transcoding. You can specify up to four watermarks for
|
|
// each output. Settings for each watermark must be defined in the preset for
|
|
// the current output.
|
|
Watermarks []*JobWatermark `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobOutput"}
|
|
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.AlbumArt != nil {
|
|
if err := s.AlbumArt.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("AlbumArt", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Captions != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Captions.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Captions", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Watermarks != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Watermarks {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Watermarks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAlbumArt sets the AlbumArt field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetAlbumArt(v *JobAlbumArt) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.AlbumArt = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCaptions sets the Captions field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetCaptions(v *Captions) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.Captions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComposition sets the Composition field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetComposition(v []*Clip) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.Composition = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPresetId sets the PresetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetPresetId(v string) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.PresetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRotate sets the Rotate field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetRotate(v string) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.Rotate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSegmentDuration sets the SegmentDuration field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetSegmentDuration(v string) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.SegmentDuration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnailEncryption sets the ThumbnailEncryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetThumbnailEncryption(v *Encryption) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.ThumbnailEncryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnailPattern sets the ThumbnailPattern field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetThumbnailPattern(v string) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.ThumbnailPattern = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWatermarks sets the Watermarks field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetWatermarks(v []*JobWatermark) *CreateJobOutput {
|
|
s.Watermarks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the master playlist.
|
|
type CreateJobPlaylist struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of the output playlist. Valid formats include HLSv3, HLSv4, and
|
|
// Smooth.
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The HLS content protection settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to apply to the output files associated with this playlist.
|
|
HlsContentProtection *HlsContentProtection `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the master playlist,
|
|
// for example, nyc-vacation.m3u8. If the name includes a / character, the section
|
|
// of the name before the last / must be identical for all Name objects. If
|
|
// you create more than one master playlist, the values of all Name objects
|
|
// must be unique.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder automatically appends the relevant file extension to the
|
|
// file name (.m3u8 for HLSv3 and HLSv4 playlists, and .ism and .ismc for Smooth
|
|
// playlists). If you include a file extension in Name, the file name will have
|
|
// two extensions.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// For each output in this job that you want to include in a master playlist,
|
|
// the value of the Outputs:Key object.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If your output is not HLS or does not have a segment duration set, the
|
|
// name of the output file is a concatenation of OutputKeyPrefix and Outputs:Key:
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key
|
|
//
|
|
// * If your output is HLSv3 and has a segment duration set, or is not included
|
|
// in a playlist, Elastic Transcoder creates an output playlist file with
|
|
// a file extension of .m3u8, and a series of .ts files that include a five-digit
|
|
// sequential counter beginning with 00000:
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key.m3u8
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key00000.ts
|
|
//
|
|
// * If your output is HLSv4, has a segment duration set, and is included
|
|
// in an HLSv4 playlist, Elastic Transcoder creates an output playlist file
|
|
// with a file extension of _v4.m3u8. If the output is video, Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// also creates an output file with an extension of _iframe.m3u8:
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key_v4.m3u8
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key_iframe.m3u8
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key.ts
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder automatically appends the relevant file extension to the
|
|
// file name. If you include a file extension in Output Key, the file name will
|
|
// have two extensions.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you include more than one output in a playlist, any segment duration settings,
|
|
// clip settings, or caption settings must be the same for all outputs in the
|
|
// playlist. For Smooth playlists, the Audio:Profile, Video:Profile, and Video:FrameRate
|
|
// to Video:KeyframesMaxDist ratio must be the same for all outputs.
|
|
OutputKeys []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The DRM settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply to the
|
|
// output files associated with this playlist.
|
|
PlayReadyDrm *PlayReadyDrm `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobPlaylist) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobPlaylist) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobPlaylist) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateJobPlaylist"}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PlayReadyDrm != nil {
|
|
if err := s.PlayReadyDrm.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("PlayReadyDrm", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobPlaylist) SetFormat(v string) *CreateJobPlaylist {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHlsContentProtection sets the HlsContentProtection field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobPlaylist) SetHlsContentProtection(v *HlsContentProtection) *CreateJobPlaylist {
|
|
s.HlsContentProtection = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobPlaylist) SetName(v string) *CreateJobPlaylist {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputKeys sets the OutputKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobPlaylist) SetOutputKeys(v []*string) *CreateJobPlaylist {
|
|
s.OutputKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlayReadyDrm sets the PlayReadyDrm field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobPlaylist) SetPlayReadyDrm(v *PlayReadyDrm) *CreateJobPlaylist {
|
|
s.PlayReadyDrm = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The CreateJobResponse structure.
|
|
type CreateJobResponse struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the job that
|
|
// is created.
|
|
Job *Job `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobResponse) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateJobResponse) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJob sets the Job field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateJobResponse) SetJob(v *Job) *CreateJobResponse {
|
|
s.Job = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The CreatePipelineRequest structure.
|
|
type CreatePipelineInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key that you want to use with this
|
|
// pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you use either S3 or S3-AWS-KMS as your Encryption:Mode, you don't need
|
|
// to provide a key with your job because a default key, known as an AWS-KMS
|
|
// key, is created for you automatically. You need to provide an AWS-KMS key
|
|
// only if you want to use a non-default AWS-KMS key, or if you are using an
|
|
// Encryption:Mode of AES-PKCS7, AES-CTR, or AES-GCM.
|
|
AwsKmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The optional ContentConfig object specifies information about the Amazon
|
|
// S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to save transcoded files and
|
|
// playlists: which bucket to use, which users you want to have access to the
|
|
// files, the type of access you want users to have, and the storage class that
|
|
// you want to assign to the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig, you must also specify values for
|
|
// ThumbnailConfig.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig, omit the OutputBucket
|
|
// object.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// save transcoded files and playlists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Permissions (Optional): The Permissions object specifies which users
|
|
// you want to have access to transcoded files and the type of access you
|
|
// want them to have. You can grant permissions to a maximum of 30 users
|
|
// and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Grantee Type: Specify the type of value that appears in the Grantee
|
|
// object:
|
|
//
|
|
// Canonical: The value in the Grantee object is either the canonical user ID
|
|
// for an AWS account or an origin access identity for an Amazon CloudFront
|
|
// distribution. For more information about canonical user IDs, see Access
|
|
// Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer
|
|
// Guide. For more information about using CloudFront origin access identities
|
|
// to require that users use CloudFront URLs instead of Amazon S3 URLs, see
|
|
// Using an Origin Access Identity to Restrict Access to Your Amazon S3 Content.
|
|
//
|
|
// A canonical user ID is not the same as an AWS account number.
|
|
//
|
|
// Email: The value in the Grantee object is the registered email address of
|
|
// an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Group: The value in the Grantee object is one of the following predefined
|
|
// Amazon S3 groups: AllUsers, AuthenticatedUsers, or LogDelivery.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Grantee: The AWS user or group that you want to have access to transcoded
|
|
// files and playlists. To identify the user or group, you can specify the
|
|
// canonical user ID for an AWS account, an origin access identity for a
|
|
// CloudFront distribution, the registered email address of an AWS account,
|
|
// or a predefined Amazon S3 group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Access: The permission that you want to give to the AWS user that you
|
|
// specified in Grantee. Permissions are granted on the files that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the bucket, including playlists and video files. Valid
|
|
// values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// READ: The grantee can read the objects and metadata for objects that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// READ_ACP: The grantee can read the object ACL for objects that Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// WRITE_ACP: The grantee can write the ACL for the objects that Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// FULL_CONTROL: The grantee has READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions for
|
|
// the objects that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * StorageClass: The Amazon S3 storage class, Standard or ReducedRedundancy,
|
|
// that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the video files and playlists
|
|
// that it stores in your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
ContentConfig *PipelineOutputConfig `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket in which you saved the media files that you want to
|
|
// transcode.
|
|
//
|
|
// InputBucket is a required field
|
|
InputBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the pipeline. We recommend that the name be unique within the
|
|
// AWS account, but uniqueness is not enforced.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Maximum 40 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic that you want to
|
|
// notify to report job status.
|
|
//
|
|
// To receive notifications, you must also subscribe to the new topic in the
|
|
// Amazon SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Progressing: The topic ARN for the Amazon Simple Notification Service
|
|
// (Amazon SNS) topic that you want to notify when Elastic Transcoder has
|
|
// started to process a job in this pipeline. This is the ARN that Amazon
|
|
// SNS returned when you created the topic. For more information, see Create
|
|
// a Topic in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Completed: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder has finished processing a job in this pipeline.
|
|
// This is the ARN that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Warning: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder encounters a warning condition while processing
|
|
// a job in this pipeline. This is the ARN that Amazon SNS returned when
|
|
// you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Error: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder encounters an error condition while processing
|
|
// a job in this pipeline. This is the ARN that Amazon SNS returned when
|
|
// you created the topic.
|
|
Notifications *Notifications `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to save the transcoded
|
|
// files. (Use this, or use ContentConfig:Bucket plus ThumbnailConfig:Bucket.)
|
|
//
|
|
// Specify this value when all of the following are true:
|
|
//
|
|
// * You want to save transcoded files, thumbnails (if any), and playlists
|
|
// (if any) together in one bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You do not want to specify the users or groups who have access to the
|
|
// transcoded files, thumbnails, and playlists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You do not want to specify the permissions that Elastic Transcoder grants
|
|
// to the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// When Elastic Transcoder saves files in OutputBucket, it grants full control
|
|
// over the files only to the AWS account that owns the role that is specified
|
|
// by Role.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You want to associate the transcoded files and thumbnails with the Amazon
|
|
// S3 Standard storage class.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you want to save transcoded files and playlists in one bucket and thumbnails
|
|
// in another bucket, specify which users can access the transcoded files or
|
|
// the permissions the users have, or change the Amazon S3 storage class, omit
|
|
// OutputBucket and specify values for ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig instead.
|
|
OutputBucket *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to use to create the pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Role is a required field
|
|
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ThumbnailConfig object specifies several values, including the Amazon
|
|
// S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to save thumbnail files, which
|
|
// users you want to have access to the files, the type of access you want users
|
|
// to have, and the storage class that you want to assign to the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig, you must also specify values for
|
|
// ThumbnailConfig even if you don't want to create thumbnails.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig, omit the OutputBucket
|
|
// object.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// save thumbnail files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Permissions (Optional): The Permissions object specifies which users
|
|
// and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups you want to have access to thumbnail
|
|
// files, and the type of access you want them to have. You can grant permissions
|
|
// to a maximum of 30 users and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * GranteeType: Specify the type of value that appears in the Grantee object:
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// Canonical: The value in the Grantee object is either the canonical user ID
|
|
// for an AWS account or an origin access identity for an Amazon CloudFront
|
|
// distribution.
|
|
//
|
|
// A canonical user ID is not the same as an AWS account number.
|
|
//
|
|
// Email: The value in the Grantee object is the registered email address of
|
|
// an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Group: The value in the Grantee object is one of the following predefined
|
|
// Amazon S3 groups: AllUsers, AuthenticatedUsers, or LogDelivery.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Grantee: The AWS user or group that you want to have access to thumbnail
|
|
// files. To identify the user or group, you can specify the canonical user
|
|
// ID for an AWS account, an origin access identity for a CloudFront distribution,
|
|
// the registered email address of an AWS account, or a predefined Amazon
|
|
// S3 group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Access: The permission that you want to give to the AWS user that you
|
|
// specified in Grantee. Permissions are granted on the thumbnail files that
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder adds to the bucket. Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// READ: The grantee can read the thumbnails and metadata for objects that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// READ_ACP: The grantee can read the object ACL for thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// WRITE_ACP: The grantee can write the ACL for the thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// FULL_CONTROL: The grantee has READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions for
|
|
// the thumbnails that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * StorageClass: The Amazon S3 storage class, Standard or ReducedRedundancy,
|
|
// that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the thumbnails that it stores
|
|
// in your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
ThumbnailConfig *PipelineOutputConfig `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePipelineInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePipelineInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePipelineInput"}
|
|
if s.InputBucket == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputBucket"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Role == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ContentConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.ContentConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("ContentConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ThumbnailConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.ThumbnailConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("ThumbnailConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAwsKmsKeyArn sets the AwsKmsKeyArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetAwsKmsKeyArn(v string) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.AwsKmsKeyArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentConfig sets the ContentConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetContentConfig(v *PipelineOutputConfig) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.ContentConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputBucket sets the InputBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetInputBucket(v string) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.InputBucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetName(v string) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotifications sets the Notifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetNotifications(v *Notifications) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Notifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputBucket sets the OutputBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetOutputBucket(v string) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.OutputBucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetRole(v string) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Role = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnailConfig sets the ThumbnailConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineInput) SetThumbnailConfig(v *PipelineOutputConfig) *CreatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.ThumbnailConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When you create a pipeline, Elastic Transcoder returns the values that you
|
|
// specified in the request.
|
|
type CreatePipelineOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the pipeline
|
|
// that is created.
|
|
Pipeline *Pipeline `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder returns a warning if the resources used by your pipeline
|
|
// are not in the same region as the pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Using resources in the same region, such as your Amazon S3 buckets, Amazon
|
|
// SNS notification topics, and AWS KMS key, reduces processing time and prevents
|
|
// cross-regional charges.
|
|
Warnings []*Warning `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePipelineOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePipelineOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipeline sets the Pipeline field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineOutput) SetPipeline(v *Pipeline) *CreatePipelineOutput {
|
|
s.Pipeline = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWarnings sets the Warnings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePipelineOutput) SetWarnings(v []*Warning) *CreatePipelineOutput {
|
|
s.Warnings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The CreatePresetRequest structure.
|
|
type CreatePresetInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request body that specifies the audio parameters.
|
|
Audio *AudioParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The container type for the output file. Valid values include flac, flv, fmp4,
|
|
// gif, mp3, mp4, mpg, mxf, oga, ogg, ts, and webm.
|
|
//
|
|
// Container is a required field
|
|
Container *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the preset.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the preset. We recommend that the name be unique within the AWS
|
|
// account, but uniqueness is not enforced.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request body that specifies the thumbnail parameters, if
|
|
// any.
|
|
Thumbnails *Thumbnails `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request body that specifies the video parameters.
|
|
Video *VideoParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePresetInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePresetInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePresetInput"}
|
|
if s.Container == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Container"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Video != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Video.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Video", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAudio sets the Audio field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetAudio(v *AudioParameters) *CreatePresetInput {
|
|
s.Audio = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContainer sets the Container field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetContainer(v string) *CreatePresetInput {
|
|
s.Container = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreatePresetInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *CreatePresetInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnails sets the Thumbnails field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetThumbnails(v *Thumbnails) *CreatePresetInput {
|
|
s.Thumbnails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVideo sets the Video field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetVideo(v *VideoParameters) *CreatePresetInput {
|
|
s.Video = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The CreatePresetResponse structure.
|
|
type CreatePresetOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the preset
|
|
// that is created.
|
|
Preset *Preset `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If the preset settings don't comply with the standards for the video codec
|
|
// but Elastic Transcoder created the preset, this message explains the reason
|
|
// the preset settings don't meet the standard. Elastic Transcoder created the
|
|
// preset because the settings might produce acceptable output.
|
|
Warning *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePresetOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePresetOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *CreatePresetOutput {
|
|
s.Preset = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWarning sets the Warning field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePresetOutput) SetWarning(v string) *CreatePresetOutput {
|
|
s.Warning = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The DeletePipelineRequest structure.
|
|
type DeletePipelineInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the pipeline that you want to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePipelineInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePipelineInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeletePipelineInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePipelineInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeletePipelineInput) SetId(v string) *DeletePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The DeletePipelineResponse structure.
|
|
type DeletePipelineOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePipelineOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePipelineOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The DeletePresetRequest structure.
|
|
type DeletePresetInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the preset for which you want to get detailed information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePresetInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePresetInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeletePresetInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePresetInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeletePresetInput) SetId(v string) *DeletePresetInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The DeletePresetResponse structure.
|
|
type DeletePresetOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePresetOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeletePresetOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The detected properties of the input file. Elastic Transcoder identifies
|
|
// these values from the input file.
|
|
type DetectedProperties struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The detected duration of the input file, in milliseconds.
|
|
DurationMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The detected file size of the input file, in bytes.
|
|
FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The detected frame rate of the input file, in frames per second.
|
|
FrameRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The detected height of the input file, in pixels.
|
|
Height *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The detected width of the input file, in pixels.
|
|
Width *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetectedProperties) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DetectedProperties) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDurationMillis sets the DurationMillis field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetectedProperties) SetDurationMillis(v int64) *DetectedProperties {
|
|
s.DurationMillis = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetectedProperties) SetFileSize(v int64) *DetectedProperties {
|
|
s.FileSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrameRate sets the FrameRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetectedProperties) SetFrameRate(v string) *DetectedProperties {
|
|
s.FrameRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetectedProperties) SetHeight(v int64) *DetectedProperties {
|
|
s.Height = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
|
|
func (s *DetectedProperties) SetWidth(v int64) *DetectedProperties {
|
|
s.Width = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that are used for decrypting your input
|
|
// files or encrypting your output files. If your input file is encrypted, you
|
|
// must specify the mode that Elastic Transcoder uses to decrypt your file,
|
|
// otherwise you must specify the mode you want Elastic Transcoder to use to
|
|
// encrypt your output files.
|
|
type Encryption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The series of random bits created by a random bit generator, unique for every
|
|
// encryption operation, that you used to encrypt your input files or that you
|
|
// want Elastic Transcoder to use to encrypt your output files. The initialization
|
|
// vector must be base64-encoded, and it must be exactly 16 bytes long before
|
|
// being base64-encoded.
|
|
InitializationVector *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The data encryption key that you want Elastic Transcoder to use to encrypt
|
|
// your output file, or that was used to encrypt your input file. The key must
|
|
// be base64-encoded and it must be one of the following bit lengths before
|
|
// being base64-encoded:
|
|
//
|
|
// 128, 192, or 256.
|
|
//
|
|
// The key must also be encrypted by using the Amazon Key Management Service.
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The MD5 digest of the key that you used to encrypt your input file, or that
|
|
// you want Elastic Transcoder to use to encrypt your output file. Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// uses the key digest as a checksum to make sure your key was not corrupted
|
|
// in transit. The key MD5 must be base64-encoded, and it must be exactly 16
|
|
// bytes long before being base64-encoded.
|
|
KeyMd5 *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The specific server-side encryption mode that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to use when decrypting your input files or encrypting your output files.
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder supports the following options:
|
|
//
|
|
// * S3: Amazon S3 creates and manages the keys used for encrypting your
|
|
// files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * S3-AWS-KMS: Amazon S3 calls the Amazon Key Management Service, which
|
|
// creates and manages the keys that are used for encrypting your files.
|
|
// If you specify S3-AWS-KMS and you don't want to use the default key, you
|
|
// must add the AWS-KMS key that you want to use to your pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// * AES-CBC-PKCS7: A padded cipher-block mode of operation originally used
|
|
// for HLS files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * AES-CTR: AES Counter Mode.
|
|
//
|
|
// * AES-GCM: AES Galois Counter Mode, a mode of operation that is an authenticated
|
|
// encryption format, meaning that a file, key, or initialization vector
|
|
// that has been tampered with fails the decryption process.
|
|
//
|
|
// For all three AES options, you must provide the following settings, which
|
|
// must be base64-encoded:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key
|
|
//
|
|
// * Key MD5
|
|
//
|
|
// * Initialization Vector
|
|
//
|
|
// For the AES modes, your private encryption keys and your unencrypted data
|
|
// are never stored by AWS; therefore, it is important that you safely manage
|
|
// your encryption keys. If you lose them, you won't be able to unencrypt your
|
|
// data.
|
|
Mode *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Encryption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Encryption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInitializationVector sets the InitializationVector field's value.
|
|
func (s *Encryption) SetInitializationVector(v string) *Encryption {
|
|
s.InitializationVector = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *Encryption) SetKey(v string) *Encryption {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyMd5 sets the KeyMd5 field's value.
|
|
func (s *Encryption) SetKeyMd5(v string) *Encryption {
|
|
s.KeyMd5 = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
|
|
func (s *Encryption) SetMode(v string) *Encryption {
|
|
s.Mode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The HLS content protection settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to apply to your output files.
|
|
type HlsContentProtection struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If Elastic Transcoder is generating your key for you, you must leave this
|
|
// field blank.
|
|
//
|
|
// The series of random bits created by a random bit generator, unique for every
|
|
// encryption operation, that you want Elastic Transcoder to use to encrypt
|
|
// your output files. The initialization vector must be base64-encoded, and
|
|
// it must be exactly 16 bytes before being base64-encoded.
|
|
InitializationVector *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If you want Elastic Transcoder to generate a key for you, leave this field
|
|
// blank.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you choose to supply your own key, you must encrypt the key by using AWS
|
|
// KMS. The key must be base64-encoded, and it must be one of the following
|
|
// bit lengths before being base64-encoded:
|
|
//
|
|
// 128, 192, or 256.
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If Elastic Transcoder is generating your key for you, you must leave this
|
|
// field blank.
|
|
//
|
|
// The MD5 digest of the key that you want Elastic Transcoder to use to encrypt
|
|
// your output file, and that you want Elastic Transcoder to use as a checksum
|
|
// to make sure your key was not corrupted in transit. The key MD5 must be base64-encoded,
|
|
// and it must be exactly 16 bytes before being base64- encoded.
|
|
KeyMd5 *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify whether you want Elastic Transcoder to write your HLS license key
|
|
// to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you choose WithVariantPlaylists, LicenseAcquisitionUrl
|
|
// must be left blank and Elastic Transcoder writes your data key into the same
|
|
// bucket as the associated playlist.
|
|
KeyStoragePolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the license key required to decrypt your HLS playlist. The
|
|
// URL must be an absolute path, and is referenced in the URI attribute of the
|
|
// EXT-X-KEY metadata tag in the playlist file.
|
|
LicenseAcquisitionUrl *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The content protection method for your output. The only valid value is: aes-128.
|
|
//
|
|
// This value is written into the method attribute of the EXT-X-KEY metadata
|
|
// tag in the output playlist.
|
|
Method *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HlsContentProtection) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s HlsContentProtection) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInitializationVector sets the InitializationVector field's value.
|
|
func (s *HlsContentProtection) SetInitializationVector(v string) *HlsContentProtection {
|
|
s.InitializationVector = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *HlsContentProtection) SetKey(v string) *HlsContentProtection {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyMd5 sets the KeyMd5 field's value.
|
|
func (s *HlsContentProtection) SetKeyMd5(v string) *HlsContentProtection {
|
|
s.KeyMd5 = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyStoragePolicy sets the KeyStoragePolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *HlsContentProtection) SetKeyStoragePolicy(v string) *HlsContentProtection {
|
|
s.KeyStoragePolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseAcquisitionUrl sets the LicenseAcquisitionUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *HlsContentProtection) SetLicenseAcquisitionUrl(v string) *HlsContentProtection {
|
|
s.LicenseAcquisitionUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMethod sets the Method field's value.
|
|
func (s *HlsContentProtection) SetMethod(v string) *HlsContentProtection {
|
|
s.Method = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The captions to be created, if any.
|
|
type InputCaptions struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Source files for the input sidecar captions used during the transcoding process.
|
|
// To omit all sidecar captions, leave CaptionSources blank.
|
|
CaptionSources []*CaptionSource `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A policy that determines how Elastic Transcoder handles the existence of
|
|
// multiple captions.
|
|
//
|
|
// * MergeOverride: Elastic Transcoder transcodes both embedded and sidecar
|
|
// captions into outputs. If captions for a language are embedded in the
|
|
// input file and also appear in a sidecar file, Elastic Transcoder uses
|
|
// the sidecar captions and ignores the embedded captions for that language.
|
|
//
|
|
// * MergeRetain: Elastic Transcoder transcodes both embedded and sidecar
|
|
// captions into outputs. If captions for a language are embedded in the
|
|
// input file and also appear in a sidecar file, Elastic Transcoder uses
|
|
// the embedded captions and ignores the sidecar captions for that language.
|
|
// If CaptionSources is empty, Elastic Transcoder omits all sidecar captions
|
|
// from the output files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Override: Elastic Transcoder transcodes only the sidecar captions that
|
|
// you specify in CaptionSources.
|
|
//
|
|
// MergePolicy cannot be null.
|
|
MergePolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InputCaptions) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InputCaptions) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *InputCaptions) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputCaptions"}
|
|
if s.CaptionSources != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.CaptionSources {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSources", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCaptionSources sets the CaptionSources field's value.
|
|
func (s *InputCaptions) SetCaptionSources(v []*CaptionSource) *InputCaptions {
|
|
s.CaptionSources = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergePolicy sets the MergePolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *InputCaptions) SetMergePolicy(v string) *InputCaptions {
|
|
s.MergePolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the job that
|
|
// is created.
|
|
type Job struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the job.
|
|
Arn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier that Elastic Transcoder assigned to the job. You use this
|
|
// value to get settings for the job or to delete the job.
|
|
Id *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the request or response body that provides information about
|
|
// the file that is being transcoded.
|
|
Input *JobInput `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the files that you're transcoding. If you specified multiple
|
|
// files for this job, Elastic Transcoder stitches the files together to make
|
|
// one output.
|
|
Inputs []*JobInput `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If you specified one output for a job, information about that output. If
|
|
// you specified multiple outputs for a job, the Output object lists information
|
|
// about the first output. This duplicates the information that is listed for
|
|
// the first output in the Outputs object.
|
|
//
|
|
// Outputs recommended instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// A section of the request or response body that provides information about
|
|
// the transcoded (target) file.
|
|
Output *JobOutput `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The value, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to prepend to the names
|
|
// of all files that this job creates, including output files, thumbnails, and
|
|
// playlists. We recommend that you add a / or some other delimiter to the end
|
|
// of the OutputKeyPrefix.
|
|
OutputKeyPrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the output files. We recommend that you use the Outputs
|
|
// syntax for all jobs, even when you want Elastic Transcoder to transcode a
|
|
// file into only one format. Do not use both the Outputs and Output syntaxes
|
|
// in the same request. You can create a maximum of 30 outputs per job.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify more than one output for a job, Elastic Transcoder creates
|
|
// the files for each output in the order in which you specify them in the job.
|
|
Outputs []*JobOutput `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Id of the pipeline that you want Elastic Transcoder to use for transcoding.
|
|
// The pipeline determines several settings, including the Amazon S3 bucket
|
|
// from which Elastic Transcoder gets the files to transcode and the bucket
|
|
// into which Elastic Transcoder puts the transcoded files.
|
|
PipelineId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Outputs in Fragmented MP4 or MPEG-TS format only.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a preset in PresetId for which the value of Container is fmp4
|
|
// (Fragmented MP4) or ts (MPEG-TS), Playlists contains information about the
|
|
// master playlists that you want Elastic Transcoder to create.
|
|
//
|
|
// The maximum number of master playlists in a job is 30.
|
|
Playlists []*Playlist `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the job: Submitted, Progressing, Complete, Canceled, or Error.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Details about the timing of a job.
|
|
Timing *Timing `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// job. You specify metadata in key/value pairs, and you can add up to 10 key/value
|
|
// pairs per job. Elastic Transcoder does not guarantee that key/value pairs
|
|
// are returned in the same order in which you specify them.
|
|
//
|
|
// Metadata keys and values must use characters from the following list:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 0-9
|
|
//
|
|
// * A-Z and a-z
|
|
//
|
|
// * Space
|
|
//
|
|
// * The following symbols: _.:/=+-%@
|
|
UserMetadata map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Job) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Job) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetArn(v string) *Job {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetId(v string) *Job {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInput sets the Input field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetInput(v *JobInput) *Job {
|
|
s.Input = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetInputs(v []*JobInput) *Job {
|
|
s.Inputs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutput sets the Output field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetOutput(v *JobOutput) *Job {
|
|
s.Output = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputKeyPrefix sets the OutputKeyPrefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetOutputKeyPrefix(v string) *Job {
|
|
s.OutputKeyPrefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetOutputs(v []*JobOutput) *Job {
|
|
s.Outputs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetPipelineId(v string) *Job {
|
|
s.PipelineId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlaylists sets the Playlists field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetPlaylists(v []*Playlist) *Job {
|
|
s.Playlists = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetStatus(v string) *Job {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTiming sets the Timing field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetTiming(v *Timing) *Job {
|
|
s.Timing = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *Job) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *Job {
|
|
s.UserMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The .jpg or .png file associated with an audio file.
|
|
type JobAlbumArt struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The file to be used as album art. There can be multiple artworks associated
|
|
// with an audio file, to a maximum of 20. Valid formats are .jpg and .png
|
|
Artwork []*Artwork `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A policy that determines how Elastic Transcoder handles the existence of
|
|
// multiple album artwork files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Replace: The specified album art replaces any existing album art.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Prepend: The specified album art is placed in front of any existing
|
|
// album art.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Append: The specified album art is placed after any existing album art.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fallback: If the original input file contains artwork, Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// uses that artwork for the output. If the original input does not contain
|
|
// artwork, Elastic Transcoder uses the specified album art file.
|
|
MergePolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobAlbumArt) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobAlbumArt) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *JobAlbumArt) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobAlbumArt"}
|
|
if s.Artwork != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Artwork {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Artwork", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArtwork sets the Artwork field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobAlbumArt) SetArtwork(v []*Artwork) *JobAlbumArt {
|
|
s.Artwork = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergePolicy sets the MergePolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobAlbumArt) SetMergePolicy(v string) *JobAlbumArt {
|
|
s.MergePolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the file that you're transcoding.
|
|
type JobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The aspect ratio of the input file. If you want Elastic Transcoder to automatically
|
|
// detect the aspect ratio of the input file, specify auto. If you want to specify
|
|
// the aspect ratio for the output file, enter one of the following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// 1:1, 4:3, 3:2, 16:9
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a value other than auto, Elastic Transcoder disables automatic
|
|
// detection of the aspect ratio.
|
|
AspectRatio *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The container type for the input file. If you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// automatically detect the container type of the input file, specify auto.
|
|
// If you want to specify the container type for the input file, enter one of
|
|
// the following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// 3gp, aac, asf, avi, divx, flv, m4a, mkv, mov, mp3, mp4, mpeg, mpeg-ps, mpeg-ts,
|
|
// mxf, ogg, vob, wav, webm
|
|
Container *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The detected properties of the input file.
|
|
DetectedProperties *DetectedProperties `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that are used for decrypting your input
|
|
// files. If your input file is encrypted, you must specify the mode that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder uses to decrypt your file.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The frame rate of the input file. If you want Elastic Transcoder to automatically
|
|
// detect the frame rate of the input file, specify auto. If you want to specify
|
|
// the frame rate for the input file, enter one of the following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// 10, 15, 23.97, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 60
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a value other than auto, Elastic Transcoder disables automatic
|
|
// detection of the frame rate.
|
|
FrameRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// You can configure Elastic Transcoder to transcode captions, or subtitles,
|
|
// from one format to another. All captions must be in UTF-8. Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// supports two types of captions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Embedded: Embedded captions are included in the same file as the audio
|
|
// and video. Elastic Transcoder supports only one embedded caption per language,
|
|
// to a maximum of 300 embedded captions per file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid input values include: CEA-608 (EIA-608, first non-empty channel only),
|
|
// CEA-708 (EIA-708, first non-empty channel only), and mov-text
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid outputs include: mov-text
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder supports a maximum of one embedded format per output.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Sidecar: Sidecar captions are kept in a separate metadata file from
|
|
// the audio and video data. Sidecar captions require a player that is capable
|
|
// of understanding the relationship between the video file and the sidecar
|
|
// file. Elastic Transcoder supports only one sidecar caption per language,
|
|
// to a maximum of 20 sidecar captions per file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid input values include: dfxp (first div element only), ebu-tt, scc, smpt,
|
|
// srt, ttml (first div element only), and webvtt
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid outputs include: dfxp (first div element only), scc, srt, and webvtt.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you want ttml or smpte-tt compatible captions, specify dfxp as your output
|
|
// format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder does not support OCR (Optical Character Recognition),
|
|
// does not accept pictures as a valid input for captions, and is not available
|
|
// for audio-only transcoding. Elastic Transcoder does not preserve text formatting
|
|
// (for example, italics) during the transcoding process.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove captions or leave the captions empty, set Captions to null. To
|
|
// pass through existing captions unchanged, set the MergePolicy to MergeRetain,
|
|
// and pass in a null CaptionSources array.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on embedded files, see the Subtitles Wikipedia page.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on sidecar files, see the Extensible Metadata Platform
|
|
// and Sidecar file Wikipedia pages.
|
|
InputCaptions *InputCaptions `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether the input file is interlaced. If you want Elastic Transcoder to automatically
|
|
// detect whether the input file is interlaced, specify auto. If you want to
|
|
// specify whether the input file is interlaced, enter one of the following
|
|
// values:
|
|
//
|
|
// true, false
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a value other than auto, Elastic Transcoder disables automatic
|
|
// detection of interlacing.
|
|
Interlaced *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the file to transcode. Elsewhere in the body of the JSON block
|
|
// is the the ID of the pipeline to use for processing the job. The InputBucket
|
|
// object in that pipeline tells Elastic Transcoder which Amazon S3 bucket to
|
|
// get the file from.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the file name includes a prefix, such as cooking/lasagna.mpg, include
|
|
// the prefix in the key. If the file isn't in the specified bucket, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder returns an error.
|
|
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// This value must be auto, which causes Elastic Transcoder to automatically
|
|
// detect the resolution of the input file.
|
|
Resolution *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings for clipping an input. Each input can have different clip settings.
|
|
TimeSpan *TimeSpan `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobInput"}
|
|
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InputCaptions != nil {
|
|
if err := s.InputCaptions.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("InputCaptions", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAspectRatio sets the AspectRatio field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetAspectRatio(v string) *JobInput {
|
|
s.AspectRatio = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContainer sets the Container field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetContainer(v string) *JobInput {
|
|
s.Container = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDetectedProperties sets the DetectedProperties field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetDetectedProperties(v *DetectedProperties) *JobInput {
|
|
s.DetectedProperties = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *JobInput {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrameRate sets the FrameRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetFrameRate(v string) *JobInput {
|
|
s.FrameRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputCaptions sets the InputCaptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetInputCaptions(v *InputCaptions) *JobInput {
|
|
s.InputCaptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInterlaced sets the Interlaced field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetInterlaced(v string) *JobInput {
|
|
s.Interlaced = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetKey(v string) *JobInput {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetResolution(v string) *JobInput {
|
|
s.Resolution = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTimeSpan sets the TimeSpan field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobInput) SetTimeSpan(v *TimeSpan) *JobInput {
|
|
s.TimeSpan = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Outputs recommended instead.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specified one output for a job, information about that output. If
|
|
// you specified multiple outputs for a job, the Output object lists information
|
|
// about the first output. This duplicates the information that is listed for
|
|
// the first output in the Outputs object.
|
|
type JobOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The album art to be associated with the output file, if any.
|
|
AlbumArt *JobAlbumArt `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If Elastic Transcoder used a preset with a ColorSpaceConversionMode to transcode
|
|
// the output file, the AppliedColorSpaceConversion parameter shows the conversion
|
|
// used. If no ColorSpaceConversionMode was defined in the preset, this parameter
|
|
// is not be included in the job response.
|
|
AppliedColorSpaceConversion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// You can configure Elastic Transcoder to transcode captions, or subtitles,
|
|
// from one format to another. All captions must be in UTF-8. Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// supports two types of captions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Embedded: Embedded captions are included in the same file as the audio
|
|
// and video. Elastic Transcoder supports only one embedded caption per language,
|
|
// to a maximum of 300 embedded captions per file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid input values include: CEA-608 (EIA-608, first non-empty channel only),
|
|
// CEA-708 (EIA-708, first non-empty channel only), and mov-text
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid outputs include: mov-text
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder supports a maximum of one embedded format per output.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Sidecar: Sidecar captions are kept in a separate metadata file from
|
|
// the audio and video data. Sidecar captions require a player that is capable
|
|
// of understanding the relationship between the video file and the sidecar
|
|
// file. Elastic Transcoder supports only one sidecar caption per language,
|
|
// to a maximum of 20 sidecar captions per file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid input values include: dfxp (first div element only), ebu-tt, scc, smpt,
|
|
// srt, ttml (first div element only), and webvtt
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid outputs include: dfxp (first div element only), scc, srt, and webvtt.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you want ttml or smpte-tt compatible captions, specify dfxp as your output
|
|
// format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder does not support OCR (Optical Character Recognition),
|
|
// does not accept pictures as a valid input for captions, and is not available
|
|
// for audio-only transcoding. Elastic Transcoder does not preserve text formatting
|
|
// (for example, italics) during the transcoding process.
|
|
//
|
|
// To remove captions or leave the captions empty, set Captions to null. To
|
|
// pass through existing captions unchanged, set the MergePolicy to MergeRetain,
|
|
// and pass in a null CaptionSources array.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on embedded files, see the Subtitles Wikipedia page.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information on sidecar files, see the Extensible Metadata Platform
|
|
// and Sidecar file Wikipedia pages.
|
|
Captions *Captions `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// You can create an output file that contains an excerpt from the input file.
|
|
// This excerpt, called a clip, can come from the beginning, middle, or end
|
|
// of the file. The Composition object contains settings for the clips that
|
|
// make up an output file. For the current release, you can only specify settings
|
|
// for a single clip per output file. The Composition object cannot be null.
|
|
Composition []*Clip `deprecated:"true" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Duration of the output file, in seconds.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Duration of the output file, in milliseconds.
|
|
DurationMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply
|
|
// to your output files. If you choose to use encryption, you must specify a
|
|
// mode to use. If you choose not to use encryption, Elastic Transcoder writes
|
|
// an unencrypted file to your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// File size of the output file, in bytes.
|
|
FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Frame rate of the output file, in frames per second.
|
|
FrameRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Height of the output file, in pixels.
|
|
Height *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// A sequential counter, starting with 1, that identifies an output among the
|
|
// outputs from the current job. In the Output syntax, this value is always
|
|
// 1.
|
|
Id *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name to assign to the transcoded file. Elastic Transcoder saves the file
|
|
// in the Amazon S3 bucket specified by the OutputBucket object in the pipeline
|
|
// that is specified by the pipeline ID.
|
|
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The value of the Id object for the preset that you want to use for this job.
|
|
// The preset determines the audio, video, and thumbnail settings that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder uses for transcoding. To use a preset that you created, specify
|
|
// the preset ID that Elastic Transcoder returned in the response when you created
|
|
// the preset. You can also use the Elastic Transcoder system presets, which
|
|
// you can get with ListPresets.
|
|
PresetId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of degrees clockwise by which you want Elastic Transcoder to rotate
|
|
// the output relative to the input. Enter one of the following values:
|
|
//
|
|
// auto, 0, 90, 180, 270
|
|
//
|
|
// The value auto generally works only if the file that you're transcoding contains
|
|
// rotation metadata.
|
|
Rotate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// (Outputs in Fragmented MP4 or MPEG-TS format only.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a preset in PresetId for which the value of Container is fmp4
|
|
// (Fragmented MP4) or ts (MPEG-TS), SegmentDuration is the target maximum duration
|
|
// of each segment in seconds. For HLSv3 format playlists, each media segment
|
|
// is stored in a separate .ts file. For HLSv4, MPEG-DASH, and Smooth playlists,
|
|
// all media segments for an output are stored in a single file. Each segment
|
|
// is approximately the length of the SegmentDuration, though individual segments
|
|
// might be shorter or longer.
|
|
//
|
|
// The range of valid values is 1 to 60 seconds. If the duration of the video
|
|
// is not evenly divisible by SegmentDuration, the duration of the last segment
|
|
// is the remainder of total length/SegmentDuration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder creates an output-specific playlist for each output HLS
|
|
// output that you specify in OutputKeys. To add an output to the master playlist
|
|
// for this job, include it in the OutputKeys of the associated playlist.
|
|
SegmentDuration *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of one output in a job. If you specified only one output for the
|
|
// job, Outputs:Status is always the same as Job:Status. If you specified more
|
|
// than one output:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Job:Status and Outputs:Status for all of the outputs is Submitted until
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder starts to process the first output.
|
|
//
|
|
// * When Elastic Transcoder starts to process the first output, Outputs:Status
|
|
// for that output and Job:Status both change to Progressing. For each output,
|
|
// the value of Outputs:Status remains Submitted until Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// starts to process the output.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Job:Status remains Progressing until all of the outputs reach a terminal
|
|
// status, either Complete or Error.
|
|
//
|
|
// * When all of the outputs reach a terminal status, Job:Status changes
|
|
// to Complete only if Outputs:Status for all of the outputs is Complete.
|
|
// If Outputs:Status for one or more outputs is Error, the terminal status
|
|
// for Job:Status is also Error.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value of Status is one of the following: Submitted, Progressing, Complete,
|
|
// Canceled, or Error.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information that further explains Status.
|
|
StatusDetail *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply
|
|
// to your thumbnail.
|
|
ThumbnailEncryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether you want Elastic Transcoder to create thumbnails for your videos
|
|
// and, if so, how you want Elastic Transcoder to name the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you don't want Elastic Transcoder to create thumbnails, specify "".
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do want Elastic Transcoder to create thumbnails, specify the information
|
|
// that you want to include in the file name for each thumbnail. You can specify
|
|
// the following values in any sequence:
|
|
//
|
|
// * {count} (Required): If you want to create thumbnails, you must include
|
|
// {count} in the ThumbnailPattern object. Wherever you specify {count},
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder adds a five-digit sequence number (beginning with 00001)
|
|
// to thumbnail file names. The number indicates where a given thumbnail
|
|
// appears in the sequence of thumbnails for a transcoded file.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a literal value and/or {resolution} but you omit {count},
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder returns a validation error and does not create the
|
|
// job.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Literal values (Optional): You can specify literal values anywhere in
|
|
// the ThumbnailPattern object. For example, you can include them as a file
|
|
// name prefix or as a delimiter between {resolution} and {count}.
|
|
//
|
|
// * {resolution} (Optional): If you want Elastic Transcoder to include the
|
|
// resolution in the file name, include {resolution} in the ThumbnailPattern
|
|
// object.
|
|
//
|
|
// When creating thumbnails, Elastic Transcoder automatically saves the files
|
|
// in the format (.jpg or .png) that appears in the preset that you specified
|
|
// in the PresetID value of CreateJobOutput. Elastic Transcoder also appends
|
|
// the applicable file name extension.
|
|
ThumbnailPattern *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the watermarks that you want Elastic Transcoder to add
|
|
// to the video during transcoding. You can specify up to four watermarks for
|
|
// each output. Settings for each watermark must be defined in the preset that
|
|
// you specify in Preset for the current output.
|
|
//
|
|
// Watermarks are added to the output video in the sequence in which you list
|
|
// them in the job output—the first watermark in the list is added to the output
|
|
// video first, the second watermark in the list is added next, and so on. As
|
|
// a result, if the settings in a preset cause Elastic Transcoder to place all
|
|
// watermarks in the same location, the second watermark that you add covers
|
|
// the first one, the third one covers the second, and the fourth one covers
|
|
// the third.
|
|
Watermarks []*JobWatermark `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the width of the output file in pixels.
|
|
Width *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAlbumArt sets the AlbumArt field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetAlbumArt(v *JobAlbumArt) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.AlbumArt = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAppliedColorSpaceConversion sets the AppliedColorSpaceConversion field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetAppliedColorSpaceConversion(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.AppliedColorSpaceConversion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCaptions sets the Captions field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetCaptions(v *Captions) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Captions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComposition sets the Composition field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetComposition(v []*Clip) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Composition = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDurationMillis sets the DurationMillis field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetDurationMillis(v int64) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.DurationMillis = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetFileSize(v int64) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.FileSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrameRate sets the FrameRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetFrameRate(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.FrameRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHeight sets the Height field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetHeight(v int64) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Height = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetId(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetKey(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPresetId sets the PresetId field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetPresetId(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.PresetId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRotate sets the Rotate field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetRotate(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Rotate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSegmentDuration sets the SegmentDuration field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetSegmentDuration(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.SegmentDuration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetStatus(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusDetail sets the StatusDetail field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetStatusDetail(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.StatusDetail = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnailEncryption sets the ThumbnailEncryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetThumbnailEncryption(v *Encryption) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.ThumbnailEncryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnailPattern sets the ThumbnailPattern field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetThumbnailPattern(v string) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.ThumbnailPattern = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWatermarks sets the Watermarks field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetWatermarks(v []*JobWatermark) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Watermarks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWidth sets the Width field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobOutput) SetWidth(v int64) *JobOutput {
|
|
s.Width = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Watermarks can be in .png or .jpg format. If you want to display a watermark
|
|
// that is not rectangular, use the .png format, which supports transparency.
|
|
type JobWatermark struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The encryption settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply
|
|
// to your watermarks.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the .png or .jpg file that you want to use for the watermark.
|
|
// To determine which Amazon S3 bucket contains the specified file, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder checks the pipeline specified by Pipeline; the Input Bucket object
|
|
// in that pipeline identifies the bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the file name includes a prefix, for example, logos/128x64.png, include
|
|
// the prefix in the key. If the file isn't in the specified bucket, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder returns an error.
|
|
InputKey *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the watermark settings that Elastic Transcoder uses to add watermarks
|
|
// to the video during transcoding. The settings are in the preset specified
|
|
// by Preset for the current output. In that preset, the value of Watermarks
|
|
// Id tells Elastic Transcoder which settings to use.
|
|
PresetWatermarkId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobWatermark) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobWatermark) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *JobWatermark) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobWatermark"}
|
|
if s.InputKey != nil && len(*s.InputKey) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputKey", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PresetWatermarkId != nil && len(*s.PresetWatermarkId) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PresetWatermarkId", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobWatermark) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *JobWatermark {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputKey sets the InputKey field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobWatermark) SetInputKey(v string) *JobWatermark {
|
|
s.InputKey = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPresetWatermarkId sets the PresetWatermarkId field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobWatermark) SetPresetWatermarkId(v string) *JobWatermark {
|
|
s.PresetWatermarkId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ListJobsByPipelineRequest structure.
|
|
type ListJobsByPipelineInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To list jobs in chronological order by the date and time that they were submitted,
|
|
// enter true. To list jobs in reverse chronological order, enter false.
|
|
Ascending *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Ascending" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When Elastic Transcoder returns more than one page of results, use pageToken
|
|
// in subsequent GET requests to get each successive page of results.
|
|
PageToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"PageToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the pipeline for which you want to get job information.
|
|
//
|
|
// PipelineId is a required field
|
|
PipelineId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"PipelineId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByPipelineInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByPipelineInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByPipelineInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListJobsByPipelineInput"}
|
|
if s.PipelineId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PipelineId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAscending sets the Ascending field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByPipelineInput) SetAscending(v string) *ListJobsByPipelineInput {
|
|
s.Ascending = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageToken sets the PageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByPipelineInput) SetPageToken(v string) *ListJobsByPipelineInput {
|
|
s.PageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByPipelineInput) SetPipelineId(v string) *ListJobsByPipelineInput {
|
|
s.PipelineId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ListJobsByPipelineResponse structure.
|
|
type ListJobsByPipelineOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of Job objects that are in the specified pipeline.
|
|
Jobs []*Job `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that you use to access the second and subsequent pages of results,
|
|
// if any. When the jobs in the specified pipeline fit on one page or when you've
|
|
// reached the last page of results, the value of NextPageToken is null.
|
|
NextPageToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByPipelineOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByPipelineOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByPipelineOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *ListJobsByPipelineOutput {
|
|
s.Jobs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextPageToken sets the NextPageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByPipelineOutput) SetNextPageToken(v string) *ListJobsByPipelineOutput {
|
|
s.NextPageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ListJobsByStatusRequest structure.
|
|
type ListJobsByStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To list jobs in chronological order by the date and time that they were submitted,
|
|
// enter true. To list jobs in reverse chronological order, enter false.
|
|
Ascending *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Ascending" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When Elastic Transcoder returns more than one page of results, use pageToken
|
|
// in subsequent GET requests to get each successive page of results.
|
|
PageToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"PageToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// To get information about all of the jobs associated with the current AWS
|
|
// account that have a given status, specify the following status: Submitted,
|
|
// Progressing, Complete, Canceled, or Error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Status is a required field
|
|
Status *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Status" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListJobsByStatusInput"}
|
|
if s.Status == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAscending sets the Ascending field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByStatusInput) SetAscending(v string) *ListJobsByStatusInput {
|
|
s.Ascending = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageToken sets the PageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByStatusInput) SetPageToken(v string) *ListJobsByStatusInput {
|
|
s.PageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByStatusInput) SetStatus(v string) *ListJobsByStatusInput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ListJobsByStatusResponse structure.
|
|
type ListJobsByStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of Job objects that have the specified status.
|
|
Jobs []*Job `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that you use to access the second and subsequent pages of results,
|
|
// if any. When the jobs in the specified pipeline fit on one page or when you've
|
|
// reached the last page of results, the value of NextPageToken is null.
|
|
NextPageToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsByStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByStatusOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *ListJobsByStatusOutput {
|
|
s.Jobs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextPageToken sets the NextPageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsByStatusOutput) SetNextPageToken(v string) *ListJobsByStatusOutput {
|
|
s.NextPageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ListPipelineRequest structure.
|
|
type ListPipelinesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To list pipelines in chronological order by the date and time that they were
|
|
// created, enter true. To list pipelines in reverse chronological order, enter
|
|
// false.
|
|
Ascending *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Ascending" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When Elastic Transcoder returns more than one page of results, use pageToken
|
|
// in subsequent GET requests to get each successive page of results.
|
|
PageToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"PageToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPipelinesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPipelinesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAscending sets the Ascending field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPipelinesInput) SetAscending(v string) *ListPipelinesInput {
|
|
s.Ascending = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageToken sets the PageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPipelinesInput) SetPageToken(v string) *ListPipelinesInput {
|
|
s.PageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A list of the pipelines associated with the current AWS account.
|
|
type ListPipelinesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that you use to access the second and subsequent pages of results,
|
|
// if any. When the pipelines fit on one page or when you've reached the last
|
|
// page of results, the value of NextPageToken is null.
|
|
NextPageToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of Pipeline objects.
|
|
Pipelines []*Pipeline `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPipelinesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPipelinesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextPageToken sets the NextPageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPipelinesOutput) SetNextPageToken(v string) *ListPipelinesOutput {
|
|
s.NextPageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipelines sets the Pipelines field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPipelinesOutput) SetPipelines(v []*Pipeline) *ListPipelinesOutput {
|
|
s.Pipelines = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ListPresetsRequest structure.
|
|
type ListPresetsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To list presets in chronological order by the date and time that they were
|
|
// created, enter true. To list presets in reverse chronological order, enter
|
|
// false.
|
|
Ascending *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Ascending" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When Elastic Transcoder returns more than one page of results, use pageToken
|
|
// in subsequent GET requests to get each successive page of results.
|
|
PageToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"PageToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPresetsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPresetsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAscending sets the Ascending field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetAscending(v string) *ListPresetsInput {
|
|
s.Ascending = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPageToken sets the PageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetPageToken(v string) *ListPresetsInput {
|
|
s.PageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ListPresetsResponse structure.
|
|
type ListPresetsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that you use to access the second and subsequent pages of results,
|
|
// if any. When the presets fit on one page or when you've reached the last
|
|
// page of results, the value of NextPageToken is null.
|
|
NextPageToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of Preset objects.
|
|
Presets []*Preset `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPresetsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPresetsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextPageToken sets the NextPageToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetNextPageToken(v string) *ListPresetsOutput {
|
|
s.NextPageToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPresets sets the Presets field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetPresets(v []*Preset) *ListPresetsOutput {
|
|
s.Presets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic or topics to notify
|
|
// in order to report job status.
|
|
//
|
|
// To receive notifications, you must also subscribe to the new topic in the
|
|
// Amazon SNS console.
|
|
type Notifications struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify when Elastic Transcoder has
|
|
// finished processing the job.
|
|
Completed *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify when Elastic Transcoder encounters
|
|
// an error condition.
|
|
Error *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic that you want to
|
|
// notify when Elastic Transcoder has started to process the job.
|
|
Progressing *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify when Elastic Transcoder encounters
|
|
// a warning condition.
|
|
Warning *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Notifications) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Notifications) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCompleted sets the Completed field's value.
|
|
func (s *Notifications) SetCompleted(v string) *Notifications {
|
|
s.Completed = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetError sets the Error field's value.
|
|
func (s *Notifications) SetError(v string) *Notifications {
|
|
s.Error = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProgressing sets the Progressing field's value.
|
|
func (s *Notifications) SetProgressing(v string) *Notifications {
|
|
s.Progressing = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWarning sets the Warning field's value.
|
|
func (s *Notifications) SetWarning(v string) *Notifications {
|
|
s.Warning = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The Permission structure.
|
|
type Permission struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The permission that you want to give to the AWS user that is listed in Grantee.
|
|
// Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// * READ: The grantee can read the thumbnails and metadata for thumbnails
|
|
// that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * READ_ACP: The grantee can read the object ACL for thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * WRITE_ACP: The grantee can write the ACL for the thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * FULL_CONTROL: The grantee has READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions
|
|
// for the thumbnails that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
Access []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS user or group that you want to have access to transcoded files and
|
|
// playlists. To identify the user or group, you can specify the canonical user
|
|
// ID for an AWS account, an origin access identity for a CloudFront distribution,
|
|
// the registered email address of an AWS account, or a predefined Amazon S3
|
|
// group.
|
|
Grantee *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of value that appears in the Grantee object:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Canonical: Either the canonical user ID for an AWS account or an origin
|
|
// access identity for an Amazon CloudFront distribution.
|
|
//
|
|
// A canonical user ID is not the same as an AWS account number.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Email: The registered email address of an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Group: One of the following predefined Amazon S3 groups: AllUsers, AuthenticatedUsers,
|
|
// or LogDelivery.
|
|
GranteeType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Permission) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Permission) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Permission) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Permission"}
|
|
if s.Grantee != nil && len(*s.Grantee) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Grantee", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccess sets the Access field's value.
|
|
func (s *Permission) SetAccess(v []*string) *Permission {
|
|
s.Access = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
|
|
func (s *Permission) SetGrantee(v string) *Permission {
|
|
s.Grantee = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGranteeType sets the GranteeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Permission) SetGranteeType(v string) *Permission {
|
|
s.GranteeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The pipeline (queue) that is used to manage jobs.
|
|
type Pipeline struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the pipeline.
|
|
Arn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key that you want to use with this
|
|
// pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you use either S3 or S3-AWS-KMS as your Encryption:Mode, you don't need
|
|
// to provide a key with your job because a default key, known as an AWS-KMS
|
|
// key, is created for you automatically. You need to provide an AWS-KMS key
|
|
// only if you want to use a non-default AWS-KMS key, or if you are using an
|
|
// Encryption:Mode of AES-PKCS7, AES-CTR, or AES-GCM.
|
|
AwsKmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to save transcoded files and playlists. Either you specify both ContentConfig
|
|
// and ThumbnailConfig, or you specify OutputBucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// save transcoded files and playlists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Permissions: A list of the users and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups
|
|
// you want to have access to transcoded files and playlists, and the type
|
|
// of access that you want them to have.
|
|
//
|
|
// GranteeType: The type of value that appears in the Grantee object:
|
|
//
|
|
// Canonical: Either the canonical user ID for an AWS account or an origin access
|
|
// identity for an Amazon CloudFront distribution.
|
|
//
|
|
// Email: The registered email address of an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Group: One of the following predefined Amazon S3 groups: AllUsers, AuthenticatedUsers,
|
|
// or LogDelivery.
|
|
//
|
|
// Grantee: The AWS user or group that you want to have access to transcoded
|
|
// files and playlists.
|
|
//
|
|
// Access: The permission that you want to give to the AWS user that is listed
|
|
// in Grantee. Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// READ: The grantee can read the objects and metadata for objects that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// READ_ACP: The grantee can read the object ACL for objects that Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// WRITE_ACP: The grantee can write the ACL for the objects that Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// FULL_CONTROL: The grantee has READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions for
|
|
// the objects that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * StorageClass: The Amazon S3 storage class, Standard or ReducedRedundancy,
|
|
// that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the video files and playlists
|
|
// that it stores in your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
ContentConfig *PipelineOutputConfig `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier for the pipeline. You use this value to identify the pipeline
|
|
// in which you want to perform a variety of operations, such as creating a
|
|
// job or a preset.
|
|
Id *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket from which Elastic Transcoder gets media files for transcoding
|
|
// and the graphics files, if any, that you want to use for watermarks.
|
|
InputBucket *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the pipeline. We recommend that the name be unique within the
|
|
// AWS account, but uniqueness is not enforced.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Maximum 40 characters
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic that you want to
|
|
// notify to report job status.
|
|
//
|
|
// To receive notifications, you must also subscribe to the new topic in the
|
|
// Amazon SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Progressing (optional): The Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
|
|
// SNS) topic that you want to notify when Elastic Transcoder has started
|
|
// to process the job.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Completed (optional): The Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify when
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder has finished processing the job.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Warning (optional): The Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify when
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encounters a warning condition.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Error (optional): The Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify when
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder encounters an error condition.
|
|
Notifications *Notifications `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to save transcoded
|
|
// files, thumbnails, and playlists. Either you specify this value, or you specify
|
|
// both ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig.
|
|
OutputBucket *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role that Elastic Transcoder uses
|
|
// to transcode jobs for this pipeline.
|
|
Role *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The current status of the pipeline:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Active: The pipeline is processing jobs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Paused: The pipeline is not currently processing jobs.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to save thumbnail files. Either you specify both ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig,
|
|
// or you specify OutputBucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// save thumbnail files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Permissions: A list of the users and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups
|
|
// you want to have access to thumbnail files, and the type of access that
|
|
// you want them to have.
|
|
//
|
|
// GranteeType: The type of value that appears in the Grantee object:
|
|
//
|
|
// Canonical: Either the canonical user ID for an AWS account or an origin access
|
|
// identity for an Amazon CloudFront distribution.
|
|
//
|
|
// A canonical user ID is not the same as an AWS account number.
|
|
//
|
|
// Email: The registered email address of an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Group: One of the following predefined Amazon S3 groups: AllUsers, AuthenticatedUsers,
|
|
// or LogDelivery.
|
|
//
|
|
// Grantee: The AWS user or group that you want to have access to thumbnail
|
|
// files.
|
|
//
|
|
// Access: The permission that you want to give to the AWS user that is listed
|
|
// in Grantee. Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// READ: The grantee can read the thumbnails and metadata for thumbnails that
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// READ_ACP: The grantee can read the object ACL for thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// WRITE_ACP: The grantee can write the ACL for the thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// FULL_CONTROL: The grantee has READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions for
|
|
// the thumbnails that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * StorageClass: The Amazon S3 storage class, Standard or ReducedRedundancy,
|
|
// that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the thumbnails that it stores
|
|
// in your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
ThumbnailConfig *PipelineOutputConfig `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Pipeline) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Pipeline) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetArn(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAwsKmsKeyArn sets the AwsKmsKeyArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetAwsKmsKeyArn(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.AwsKmsKeyArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentConfig sets the ContentConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetContentConfig(v *PipelineOutputConfig) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.ContentConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetId(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputBucket sets the InputBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetInputBucket(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.InputBucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetName(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotifications sets the Notifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetNotifications(v *Notifications) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.Notifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputBucket sets the OutputBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetOutputBucket(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.OutputBucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetRole(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.Role = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetStatus(v string) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnailConfig sets the ThumbnailConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *Pipeline) SetThumbnailConfig(v *PipelineOutputConfig) *Pipeline {
|
|
s.ThumbnailConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The PipelineOutputConfig structure.
|
|
type PipelineOutputConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to save the transcoded
|
|
// files. Specify this value when all of the following are true:
|
|
//
|
|
// * You want to save transcoded files, thumbnails (if any), and playlists
|
|
// (if any) together in one bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You do not want to specify the users or groups who have access to the
|
|
// transcoded files, thumbnails, and playlists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You do not want to specify the permissions that Elastic Transcoder grants
|
|
// to the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You want to associate the transcoded files and thumbnails with the Amazon
|
|
// S3 Standard storage class.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you want to save transcoded files and playlists in one bucket and thumbnails
|
|
// in another bucket, specify which users can access the transcoded files or
|
|
// the permissions the users have, or change the Amazon S3 storage class, omit
|
|
// OutputBucket and specify values for ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig instead.
|
|
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Optional. The Permissions object specifies which users and/or predefined
|
|
// Amazon S3 groups you want to have access to transcoded files and playlists,
|
|
// and the type of access you want them to have. You can grant permissions to
|
|
// a maximum of 30 users and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you include Permissions, Elastic Transcoder grants only the permissions
|
|
// that you specify. It does not grant full permissions to the owner of the
|
|
// role specified by Role. If you want that user to have full control, you must
|
|
// explicitly grant full control to the user.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you omit Permissions, Elastic Transcoder grants full control over the
|
|
// transcoded files and playlists to the owner of the role specified by Role,
|
|
// and grants no other permissions to any other user or group.
|
|
Permissions []*Permission `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 storage class, Standard or ReducedRedundancy, that you want
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder to assign to the video files and playlists that it stores
|
|
// in your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
StorageClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PipelineOutputConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PipelineOutputConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PipelineOutputConfig) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PipelineOutputConfig"}
|
|
if s.Permissions != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Permissions {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Permissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *PipelineOutputConfig) SetBucket(v string) *PipelineOutputConfig {
|
|
s.Bucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
|
|
func (s *PipelineOutputConfig) SetPermissions(v []*Permission) *PipelineOutputConfig {
|
|
s.Permissions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *PipelineOutputConfig) SetStorageClass(v string) *PipelineOutputConfig {
|
|
s.StorageClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The PlayReady DRM settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply
|
|
// to the output files associated with this playlist.
|
|
//
|
|
// PlayReady DRM encrypts your media files using AES-CTR encryption.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you use DRM for an HLSv3 playlist, your outputs must have a master playlist.
|
|
type PlayReadyDrm struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of DRM, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply to the
|
|
// output files associated with this playlist.
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The series of random bits created by a random bit generator, unique for every
|
|
// encryption operation, that you want Elastic Transcoder to use to encrypt
|
|
// your files. The initialization vector must be base64-encoded, and it must
|
|
// be exactly 8 bytes long before being base64-encoded. If no initialization
|
|
// vector is provided, Elastic Transcoder generates one for you.
|
|
InitializationVector *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The DRM key for your file, provided by your DRM license provider. The key
|
|
// must be base64-encoded, and it must be one of the following bit lengths before
|
|
// being base64-encoded:
|
|
//
|
|
// 128, 192, or 256.
|
|
//
|
|
// The key must also be encrypted by using AWS KMS.
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID for your DRM key, so that your DRM license provider knows which key
|
|
// to provide.
|
|
//
|
|
// The key ID must be provided in big endian, and Elastic Transcoder converts
|
|
// it to little endian before inserting it into the PlayReady DRM headers. If
|
|
// you are unsure whether your license server provides your key ID in big or
|
|
// little endian, check with your DRM provider.
|
|
KeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The MD5 digest of the key used for DRM on your file, and that you want Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder to use as a checksum to make sure your key was not corrupted in
|
|
// transit. The key MD5 must be base64-encoded, and it must be exactly 16 bytes
|
|
// before being base64-encoded.
|
|
KeyMd5 *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the license key required to play DRM content. The URL must
|
|
// be an absolute path, and is referenced by the PlayReady header. The PlayReady
|
|
// header is referenced in the protection header of the client manifest for
|
|
// Smooth Streaming outputs, and in the EXT-X-DXDRM and EXT-XDXDRMINFO metadata
|
|
// tags for HLS playlist outputs. An example URL looks like this: https://www.example.com/exampleKey/
|
|
LicenseAcquisitionUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PlayReadyDrm) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PlayReadyDrm) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PlayReadyDrm) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PlayReadyDrm"}
|
|
if s.LicenseAcquisitionUrl != nil && len(*s.LicenseAcquisitionUrl) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LicenseAcquisitionUrl", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlayReadyDrm) SetFormat(v string) *PlayReadyDrm {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInitializationVector sets the InitializationVector field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlayReadyDrm) SetInitializationVector(v string) *PlayReadyDrm {
|
|
s.InitializationVector = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlayReadyDrm) SetKey(v string) *PlayReadyDrm {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlayReadyDrm) SetKeyId(v string) *PlayReadyDrm {
|
|
s.KeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyMd5 sets the KeyMd5 field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlayReadyDrm) SetKeyMd5(v string) *PlayReadyDrm {
|
|
s.KeyMd5 = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLicenseAcquisitionUrl sets the LicenseAcquisitionUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *PlayReadyDrm) SetLicenseAcquisitionUrl(v string) *PlayReadyDrm {
|
|
s.LicenseAcquisitionUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Use Only for Fragmented MP4 or MPEG-TS Outputs. If you specify a preset for
|
|
// which the value of Container is fmp4 (Fragmented MP4) or ts (MPEG-TS), Playlists
|
|
// contains information about the master playlists that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to create. We recommend that you create only one master playlist per output
|
|
// format. The maximum number of master playlists in a job is 30.
|
|
type Playlist struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of the output playlist. Valid formats include HLSv3, HLSv4, and
|
|
// Smooth.
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The HLS content protection settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to apply to the output files associated with this playlist.
|
|
HlsContentProtection *HlsContentProtection `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the master playlist,
|
|
// for example, nyc-vacation.m3u8. If the name includes a / character, the section
|
|
// of the name before the last / must be identical for all Name objects. If
|
|
// you create more than one master playlist, the values of all Name objects
|
|
// must be unique.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder automatically appends the relevant file extension to the
|
|
// file name (.m3u8 for HLSv3 and HLSv4 playlists, and .ism and .ismc for Smooth
|
|
// playlists). If you include a file extension in Name, the file name will have
|
|
// two extensions.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// For each output in this job that you want to include in a master playlist,
|
|
// the value of the Outputs:Key object.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If your output is not HLS or does not have a segment duration set, the
|
|
// name of the output file is a concatenation of OutputKeyPrefix and Outputs:Key:
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key
|
|
//
|
|
// * If your output is HLSv3 and has a segment duration set, or is not included
|
|
// in a playlist, Elastic Transcoder creates an output playlist file with
|
|
// a file extension of .m3u8, and a series of .ts files that include a five-digit
|
|
// sequential counter beginning with 00000:
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key.m3u8
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key00000.ts
|
|
//
|
|
// * If your output is HLSv4, has a segment duration set, and is included
|
|
// in an HLSv4 playlist, Elastic Transcoder creates an output playlist file
|
|
// with a file extension of _v4.m3u8. If the output is video, Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// also creates an output file with an extension of _iframe.m3u8:
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key_v4.m3u8
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key_iframe.m3u8
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputKeyPrefixOutputs:Key.ts
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder automatically appends the relevant file extension to the
|
|
// file name. If you include a file extension in Output Key, the file name will
|
|
// have two extensions.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you include more than one output in a playlist, any segment duration settings,
|
|
// clip settings, or caption settings must be the same for all outputs in the
|
|
// playlist. For Smooth playlists, the Audio:Profile, Video:Profile, and Video:FrameRate
|
|
// to Video:KeyframesMaxDist ratio must be the same for all outputs.
|
|
OutputKeys []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The DRM settings, if any, that you want Elastic Transcoder to apply to the
|
|
// output files associated with this playlist.
|
|
PlayReadyDrm *PlayReadyDrm `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the job with which the playlist is associated.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information that further explains the status.
|
|
StatusDetail *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Playlist) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Playlist) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *Playlist) SetFormat(v string) *Playlist {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHlsContentProtection sets the HlsContentProtection field's value.
|
|
func (s *Playlist) SetHlsContentProtection(v *HlsContentProtection) *Playlist {
|
|
s.HlsContentProtection = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Playlist) SetName(v string) *Playlist {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputKeys sets the OutputKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *Playlist) SetOutputKeys(v []*string) *Playlist {
|
|
s.OutputKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPlayReadyDrm sets the PlayReadyDrm field's value.
|
|
func (s *Playlist) SetPlayReadyDrm(v *PlayReadyDrm) *Playlist {
|
|
s.PlayReadyDrm = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *Playlist) SetStatus(v string) *Playlist {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusDetail sets the StatusDetail field's value.
|
|
func (s *Playlist) SetStatusDetail(v string) *Playlist {
|
|
s.StatusDetail = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Presets are templates that contain most of the settings for transcoding media
|
|
// files from one format to another. Elastic Transcoder includes some default
|
|
// presets for common formats, for example, several iPod and iPhone versions.
|
|
// You can also create your own presets for formats that aren't included among
|
|
// the default presets. You specify which preset you want to use when you create
|
|
// a job.
|
|
type Preset struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the preset.
|
|
Arn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the audio
|
|
// preset values.
|
|
Audio *AudioParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The container type for the output file. Valid values include flac, flv, fmp4,
|
|
// gif, mp3, mp4, mpg, mxf, oga, ogg, ts, and webm.
|
|
Container *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the preset.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Identifier for the new preset. You use this value to get settings for the
|
|
// preset or to delete it.
|
|
Id *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the preset.
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the thumbnail
|
|
// preset values, if any.
|
|
Thumbnails *Thumbnails `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether the preset is a default preset provided by Elastic Transcoder (System)
|
|
// or a preset that you have defined (Custom).
|
|
Type *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the video
|
|
// preset values.
|
|
Video *VideoParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Preset) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Preset) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetArn(v string) *Preset {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAudio sets the Audio field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetAudio(v *AudioParameters) *Preset {
|
|
s.Audio = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContainer sets the Container field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetContainer(v string) *Preset {
|
|
s.Container = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetDescription(v string) *Preset {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetId(v string) *Preset {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetName(v string) *Preset {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnails sets the Thumbnails field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetThumbnails(v *Thumbnails) *Preset {
|
|
s.Thumbnails = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetType(v string) *Preset {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVideo sets the Video field's value.
|
|
func (s *Preset) SetVideo(v *VideoParameters) *Preset {
|
|
s.Video = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Settings for the size, location, and opacity of graphics that you want Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder to overlay over videos that are transcoded using this preset.
|
|
// You can specify settings for up to four watermarks. Watermarks appear in
|
|
// the specified size and location, and with the specified opacity for the duration
|
|
// of the transcoded video.
|
|
//
|
|
// Watermarks can be in .png or .jpg format. If you want to display a watermark
|
|
// that is not rectangular, use the .png format, which supports transparency.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you create a job that uses this preset, you specify the .png or .jpg
|
|
// graphics that you want Elastic Transcoder to include in the transcoded videos.
|
|
// You can specify fewer graphics in the job than you specify watermark settings
|
|
// in the preset, which allows you to use the same preset for up to four watermarks
|
|
// that have different dimensions.
|
|
type PresetWatermark struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The horizontal position of the watermark unless you specify a non-zero value
|
|
// for HorizontalOffset:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Left: The left edge of the watermark is aligned with the left border
|
|
// of the video.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Right: The right edge of the watermark is aligned with the right border
|
|
// of the video.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Center: The watermark is centered between the left and right borders.
|
|
HorizontalAlign *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount by which you want the horizontal position of the watermark to
|
|
// be offset from the position specified by HorizontalAlign:
|
|
//
|
|
// * number of pixels (px): The minimum value is 0 pixels, and the maximum
|
|
// value is the value of MaxWidth.
|
|
//
|
|
// * integer percentage (%): The range of valid values is 0 to 100.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, if you specify Left for HorizontalAlign and 5px for HorizontalOffset,
|
|
// the left side of the watermark appears 5 pixels from the left border of the
|
|
// output video.
|
|
//
|
|
// HorizontalOffset is only valid when the value of HorizontalAlign is Left
|
|
// or Right. If you specify an offset that causes the watermark to extend beyond
|
|
// the left or right border and Elastic Transcoder has not added black bars,
|
|
// the watermark is cropped. If Elastic Transcoder has added black bars, the
|
|
// watermark extends into the black bars. If the watermark extends beyond the
|
|
// black bars, it is cropped.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use the value of Target to specify whether you want to include the black
|
|
// bars that are added by Elastic Transcoder, if any, in the offset calculation.
|
|
HorizontalOffset *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique identifier for the settings for one watermark. The value of Id can
|
|
// be up to 40 characters long.
|
|
Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum height of the watermark in one of the following formats:
|
|
//
|
|
// * number of pixels (px): The minimum value is 16 pixels, and the maximum
|
|
// value is the value of MaxHeight.
|
|
//
|
|
// * integer percentage (%): The range of valid values is 0 to 100. Use the
|
|
// value of Target to specify whether you want Elastic Transcoder to include
|
|
// the black bars that are added by Elastic Transcoder, if any, in the calculation.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify the value in pixels, it must be less than or equal to the
|
|
// value of MaxHeight.
|
|
MaxHeight *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum width of the watermark in one of the following formats:
|
|
//
|
|
// * number of pixels (px): The minimum value is 16 pixels, and the maximum
|
|
// value is the value of MaxWidth.
|
|
//
|
|
// * integer percentage (%): The range of valid values is 0 to 100. Use the
|
|
// value of Target to specify whether you want Elastic Transcoder to include
|
|
// the black bars that are added by Elastic Transcoder, if any, in the calculation.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify the value in pixels, it must be less than or equal to the
|
|
// value of MaxWidth.
|
|
MaxWidth *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A percentage that indicates how much you want a watermark to obscure the
|
|
// video in the location where it appears. Valid values are 0 (the watermark
|
|
// is invisible) to 100 (the watermark completely obscures the video in the
|
|
// specified location). The datatype of Opacity is float.
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder supports transparent .png graphics. If you use a transparent
|
|
// .png, the transparent portion of the video appears as if you had specified
|
|
// a value of 0 for Opacity. The .jpg file format doesn't support transparency.
|
|
Opacity *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that controls scaling of the watermark:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fit: Elastic Transcoder scales the watermark so it matches the value
|
|
// that you specified in either MaxWidth or MaxHeight without exceeding the
|
|
// other value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Stretch: Elastic Transcoder stretches the watermark to match the values
|
|
// that you specified for MaxWidth and MaxHeight. If the relative proportions
|
|
// of the watermark and the values of MaxWidth and MaxHeight are different,
|
|
// the watermark will be distorted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ShrinkToFit: Elastic Transcoder scales the watermark down so that its
|
|
// dimensions match the values that you specified for at least one of MaxWidth
|
|
// and MaxHeight without exceeding either value. If you specify this option,
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder does not scale the watermark up.
|
|
SizingPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that determines how Elastic Transcoder interprets values that you
|
|
// specified for HorizontalOffset, VerticalOffset, MaxWidth, and MaxHeight:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Content: HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset values are calculated based
|
|
// on the borders of the video excluding black bars added by Elastic Transcoder,
|
|
// if any. In addition, MaxWidth and MaxHeight, if specified as a percentage,
|
|
// are calculated based on the borders of the video excluding black bars
|
|
// added by Elastic Transcoder, if any.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Frame: HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset values are calculated based
|
|
// on the borders of the video including black bars added by Elastic Transcoder,
|
|
// if any. In addition, MaxWidth and MaxHeight, if specified as a percentage,
|
|
// are calculated based on the borders of the video including black bars
|
|
// added by Elastic Transcoder, if any.
|
|
Target *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The vertical position of the watermark unless you specify a non-zero value
|
|
// for VerticalOffset:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Top: The top edge of the watermark is aligned with the top border of
|
|
// the video.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Bottom: The bottom edge of the watermark is aligned with the bottom
|
|
// border of the video.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Center: The watermark is centered between the top and bottom borders.
|
|
VerticalAlign *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// VerticalOffset
|
|
//
|
|
// The amount by which you want the vertical position of the watermark to be
|
|
// offset from the position specified by VerticalAlign:
|
|
//
|
|
// * number of pixels (px): The minimum value is 0 pixels, and the maximum
|
|
// value is the value of MaxHeight.
|
|
//
|
|
// * integer percentage (%): The range of valid values is 0 to 100.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, if you specify Top for VerticalAlign and 5px for VerticalOffset,
|
|
// the top of the watermark appears 5 pixels from the top border of the output
|
|
// video.
|
|
//
|
|
// VerticalOffset is only valid when the value of VerticalAlign is Top or Bottom.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify an offset that causes the watermark to extend beyond the top
|
|
// or bottom border and Elastic Transcoder has not added black bars, the watermark
|
|
// is cropped. If Elastic Transcoder has added black bars, the watermark extends
|
|
// into the black bars. If the watermark extends beyond the black bars, it is
|
|
// cropped.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use the value of Target to specify whether you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// include the black bars that are added by Elastic Transcoder, if any, in the
|
|
// offset calculation.
|
|
VerticalOffset *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PresetWatermark) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PresetWatermark) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PresetWatermark"}
|
|
if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHorizontalAlign sets the HorizontalAlign field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetHorizontalAlign(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.HorizontalAlign = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetHorizontalOffset sets the HorizontalOffset field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetHorizontalOffset(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.HorizontalOffset = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetId(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxHeight sets the MaxHeight field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetMaxHeight(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.MaxHeight = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxWidth sets the MaxWidth field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetMaxWidth(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.MaxWidth = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetOpacity(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.Opacity = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSizingPolicy sets the SizingPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetSizingPolicy(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.SizingPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTarget sets the Target field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetTarget(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.Target = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVerticalAlign sets the VerticalAlign field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetVerticalAlign(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.VerticalAlign = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVerticalOffset sets the VerticalOffset field's value.
|
|
func (s *PresetWatermark) SetVerticalOffset(v string) *PresetWatermark {
|
|
s.VerticalOffset = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ReadJobRequest structure.
|
|
type ReadJobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the job for which you want to get detailed information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadJobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadJobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReadJobInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReadJobInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReadJobInput) SetId(v string) *ReadJobInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ReadJobResponse structure.
|
|
type ReadJobOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the job.
|
|
Job *Job `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadJobOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJob sets the Job field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReadJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *ReadJobOutput {
|
|
s.Job = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ReadPipelineRequest structure.
|
|
type ReadPipelineInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the pipeline to read.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPipelineInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPipelineInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReadPipelineInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReadPipelineInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReadPipelineInput) SetId(v string) *ReadPipelineInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ReadPipelineResponse structure.
|
|
type ReadPipelineOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the pipeline.
|
|
Pipeline *Pipeline `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder returns a warning if the resources used by your pipeline
|
|
// are not in the same region as the pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Using resources in the same region, such as your Amazon S3 buckets, Amazon
|
|
// SNS notification topics, and AWS KMS key, reduces processing time and prevents
|
|
// cross-regional charges.
|
|
Warnings []*Warning `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPipelineOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPipelineOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipeline sets the Pipeline field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReadPipelineOutput) SetPipeline(v *Pipeline) *ReadPipelineOutput {
|
|
s.Pipeline = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWarnings sets the Warnings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReadPipelineOutput) SetWarnings(v []*Warning) *ReadPipelineOutput {
|
|
s.Warnings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ReadPresetRequest structure.
|
|
type ReadPresetInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the preset for which you want to get detailed information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPresetInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPresetInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReadPresetInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReadPresetInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReadPresetInput) SetId(v string) *ReadPresetInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The ReadPresetResponse structure.
|
|
type ReadPresetOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the preset.
|
|
Preset *Preset `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPresetOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReadPresetOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReadPresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *ReadPresetOutput {
|
|
s.Preset = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The TestRoleRequest structure.
|
|
type TestRoleInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket that contains media files to be transcoded. The action
|
|
// attempts to read from this bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// InputBucket is a required field
|
|
InputBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket that Elastic Transcoder writes transcoded media files
|
|
// to. The action attempts to read from this bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// OutputBucket is a required field
|
|
OutputBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to test.
|
|
//
|
|
// Role is a required field
|
|
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARNs of one or more Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topics
|
|
// that you want the action to send a test notification to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Topics is a required field
|
|
Topics []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRoleInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRoleInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TestRoleInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TestRoleInput"}
|
|
if s.InputBucket == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputBucket"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OutputBucket == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputBucket"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Role == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Topics == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Topics"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputBucket sets the InputBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRoleInput) SetInputBucket(v string) *TestRoleInput {
|
|
s.InputBucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputBucket sets the OutputBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRoleInput) SetOutputBucket(v string) *TestRoleInput {
|
|
s.OutputBucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRoleInput) SetRole(v string) *TestRoleInput {
|
|
s.Role = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTopics sets the Topics field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRoleInput) SetTopics(v []*string) *TestRoleInput {
|
|
s.Topics = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The TestRoleResponse structure.
|
|
type TestRoleOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `deprecated:"true" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If the Success element contains false, this value is an array of one or more
|
|
// error messages that were generated during the test process.
|
|
Messages []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// If the operation is successful, this value is true; otherwise, the value
|
|
// is false.
|
|
Success *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRoleOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRoleOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessages sets the Messages field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRoleOutput) SetMessages(v []*string) *TestRoleOutput {
|
|
s.Messages = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSuccess sets the Success field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRoleOutput) SetSuccess(v string) *TestRoleOutput {
|
|
s.Success = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Thumbnails for videos.
|
|
type Thumbnails struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To better control resolution and aspect ratio of thumbnails, we recommend
|
|
// that you use the values MaxWidth, MaxHeight, SizingPolicy, and PaddingPolicy
|
|
// instead of Resolution and AspectRatio. The two groups of settings are mutually
|
|
// exclusive. Do not use them together.
|
|
//
|
|
// The aspect ratio of thumbnails. Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// auto, 1:1, 4:3, 3:2, 16:9
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify auto, Elastic Transcoder tries to preserve the aspect ratio
|
|
// of the video in the output file.
|
|
AspectRatio *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The format of thumbnails, if any. Valid values are jpg and png.
|
|
//
|
|
// You specify whether you want Elastic Transcoder to create thumbnails when
|
|
// you create a job.
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The approximate number of seconds between thumbnails. Specify an integer
|
|
// value.
|
|
Interval *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum height of thumbnails in pixels. If you specify auto, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder uses 1080 (Full HD) as the default value. If you specify a numeric
|
|
// value, enter an even integer between 32 and 3072.
|
|
MaxHeight *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum width of thumbnails in pixels. If you specify auto, Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// uses 1920 (Full HD) as the default value. If you specify a numeric value,
|
|
// enter an even integer between 32 and 4096.
|
|
MaxWidth *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When you set PaddingPolicy to Pad, Elastic Transcoder may add black bars
|
|
// to the top and bottom and/or left and right sides of thumbnails to make the
|
|
// total size of the thumbnails match the values that you specified for thumbnail
|
|
// MaxWidth and MaxHeight settings.
|
|
PaddingPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// To better control resolution and aspect ratio of thumbnails, we recommend
|
|
// that you use the values MaxWidth, MaxHeight, SizingPolicy, and PaddingPolicy
|
|
// instead of Resolution and AspectRatio. The two groups of settings are mutually
|
|
// exclusive. Do not use them together.
|
|
//
|
|
// The width and height of thumbnail files in pixels. Specify a value in the
|
|
// format width x height where both values are even integers. The values cannot
|
|
// exceed the width and height that you specified in the Video:Resolution object.
|
|
Resolution *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify one of the following values to control scaling of thumbnails:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fit: Elastic Transcoder scales thumbnails so they match the value that
|
|
// you specified in thumbnail MaxWidth or MaxHeight settings without exceeding
|
|
// the other value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fill: Elastic Transcoder scales thumbnails so they match the value that
|
|
// you specified in thumbnail MaxWidth or MaxHeight settings and matches
|
|
// or exceeds the other value. Elastic Transcoder centers the image in thumbnails
|
|
// and then crops in the dimension (if any) that exceeds the maximum value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Stretch: Elastic Transcoder stretches thumbnails to match the values
|
|
// that you specified for thumbnail MaxWidth and MaxHeight settings. If the
|
|
// relative proportions of the input video and thumbnails are different,
|
|
// the thumbnails will be distorted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Keep: Elastic Transcoder does not scale thumbnails. If either dimension
|
|
// of the input video exceeds the values that you specified for thumbnail
|
|
// MaxWidth and MaxHeight settings, Elastic Transcoder crops the thumbnails.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ShrinkToFit: Elastic Transcoder scales thumbnails down so that their
|
|
// dimensions match the values that you specified for at least one of thumbnail
|
|
// MaxWidth and MaxHeight without exceeding either value. If you specify
|
|
// this option, Elastic Transcoder does not scale thumbnails up.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ShrinkToFill: Elastic Transcoder scales thumbnails down so that their
|
|
// dimensions match the values that you specified for at least one of MaxWidth
|
|
// and MaxHeight without dropping below either value. If you specify this
|
|
// option, Elastic Transcoder does not scale thumbnails up.
|
|
SizingPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Thumbnails) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Thumbnails) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAspectRatio sets the AspectRatio field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetAspectRatio(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.AspectRatio = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetFormat(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInterval sets the Interval field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetInterval(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.Interval = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxHeight sets the MaxHeight field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetMaxHeight(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.MaxHeight = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxWidth sets the MaxWidth field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetMaxWidth(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.MaxWidth = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPaddingPolicy sets the PaddingPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetPaddingPolicy(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.PaddingPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetResolution(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.Resolution = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSizingPolicy sets the SizingPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *Thumbnails) SetSizingPolicy(v string) *Thumbnails {
|
|
s.SizingPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Settings that determine when a clip begins and how long it lasts.
|
|
type TimeSpan struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the clip. The format can be either HH:mm:ss.SSS (maximum
|
|
// value: 23:59:59.999; SSS is thousandths of a second) or sssss.SSS (maximum
|
|
// value: 86399.999). If you don't specify a value, Elastic Transcoder creates
|
|
// an output file from StartTime to the end of the file.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify a value longer than the duration of the input file, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder transcodes the file and returns a warning message.
|
|
Duration *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The place in the input file where you want a clip to start. The format can
|
|
// be either HH:mm:ss.SSS (maximum value: 23:59:59.999; SSS is thousandths of
|
|
// a second) or sssss.SSS (maximum value: 86399.999). If you don't specify a
|
|
// value, Elastic Transcoder starts at the beginning of the input file.
|
|
StartTime *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TimeSpan) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TimeSpan) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *TimeSpan) SetDuration(v string) *TimeSpan {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *TimeSpan) SetStartTime(v string) *TimeSpan {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Details about the timing of a job.
|
|
type Timing struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the job finished transcoding, in epoch milliseconds.
|
|
FinishTimeMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the job began transcoding, in epoch milliseconds.
|
|
StartTimeMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the job was submitted to Elastic Transcoder, in epoch milliseconds.
|
|
SubmitTimeMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Timing) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Timing) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFinishTimeMillis sets the FinishTimeMillis field's value.
|
|
func (s *Timing) SetFinishTimeMillis(v int64) *Timing {
|
|
s.FinishTimeMillis = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTimeMillis sets the StartTimeMillis field's value.
|
|
func (s *Timing) SetStartTimeMillis(v int64) *Timing {
|
|
s.StartTimeMillis = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubmitTimeMillis sets the SubmitTimeMillis field's value.
|
|
func (s *Timing) SetSubmitTimeMillis(v int64) *Timing {
|
|
s.SubmitTimeMillis = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The UpdatePipelineRequest structure.
|
|
type UpdatePipelineInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key that you want to use with this
|
|
// pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you use either S3 or S3-AWS-KMS as your Encryption:Mode, you don't need
|
|
// to provide a key with your job because a default key, known as an AWS-KMS
|
|
// key, is created for you automatically. You need to provide an AWS-KMS key
|
|
// only if you want to use a non-default AWS-KMS key, or if you are using an
|
|
// Encryption:Mode of AES-PKCS7, AES-CTR, or AES-GCM.
|
|
AwsKmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The optional ContentConfig object specifies information about the Amazon
|
|
// S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to save transcoded files and
|
|
// playlists: which bucket to use, which users you want to have access to the
|
|
// files, the type of access you want users to have, and the storage class that
|
|
// you want to assign to the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig, you must also specify values for
|
|
// ThumbnailConfig.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig, omit the OutputBucket
|
|
// object.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// save transcoded files and playlists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Permissions (Optional): The Permissions object specifies which users
|
|
// you want to have access to transcoded files and the type of access you
|
|
// want them to have. You can grant permissions to a maximum of 30 users
|
|
// and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Grantee Type: Specify the type of value that appears in the Grantee
|
|
// object:
|
|
//
|
|
// Canonical: The value in the Grantee object is either the canonical user ID
|
|
// for an AWS account or an origin access identity for an Amazon CloudFront
|
|
// distribution. For more information about canonical user IDs, see Access
|
|
// Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer
|
|
// Guide. For more information about using CloudFront origin access identities
|
|
// to require that users use CloudFront URLs instead of Amazon S3 URLs, see
|
|
// Using an Origin Access Identity to Restrict Access to Your Amazon S3 Content.
|
|
//
|
|
// A canonical user ID is not the same as an AWS account number.
|
|
//
|
|
// Email: The value in the Grantee object is the registered email address of
|
|
// an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Group: The value in the Grantee object is one of the following predefined
|
|
// Amazon S3 groups: AllUsers, AuthenticatedUsers, or LogDelivery.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Grantee: The AWS user or group that you want to have access to transcoded
|
|
// files and playlists. To identify the user or group, you can specify the
|
|
// canonical user ID for an AWS account, an origin access identity for a
|
|
// CloudFront distribution, the registered email address of an AWS account,
|
|
// or a predefined Amazon S3 group
|
|
//
|
|
// * Access: The permission that you want to give to the AWS user that you
|
|
// specified in Grantee. Permissions are granted on the files that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the bucket, including playlists and video files. Valid
|
|
// values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// READ: The grantee can read the objects and metadata for objects that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// READ_ACP: The grantee can read the object ACL for objects that Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// WRITE_ACP: The grantee can write the ACL for the objects that Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// FULL_CONTROL: The grantee has READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions for
|
|
// the objects that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * StorageClass: The Amazon S3 storage class, Standard or ReducedRedundancy,
|
|
// that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the video files and playlists
|
|
// that it stores in your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
ContentConfig *PipelineOutputConfig `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the pipeline that you want to update.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon S3 bucket in which you saved the media files that you want to
|
|
// transcode and the graphics that you want to use as watermarks.
|
|
InputBucket *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the pipeline. We recommend that the name be unique within the
|
|
// AWS account, but uniqueness is not enforced.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Maximum 40 characters
|
|
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The topic ARN for the Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic
|
|
// that you want to notify to report job status.
|
|
//
|
|
// To receive notifications, you must also subscribe to the new topic in the
|
|
// Amazon SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Progressing: The topic ARN for the Amazon Simple Notification Service
|
|
// (Amazon SNS) topic that you want to notify when Elastic Transcoder has
|
|
// started to process jobs that are added to this pipeline. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Completed: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder has finished processing a job. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Warning: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder encounters a warning condition. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Error: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder encounters an error condition. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
Notifications *Notifications `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The IAM Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the role that you want Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// to use to transcode jobs for this pipeline.
|
|
Role *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ThumbnailConfig object specifies several values, including the Amazon
|
|
// S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to save thumbnail files, which
|
|
// users you want to have access to the files, the type of access you want users
|
|
// to have, and the storage class that you want to assign to the files.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig, you must also specify values for
|
|
// ThumbnailConfig even if you don't want to create thumbnails.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify values for ContentConfig and ThumbnailConfig, omit the OutputBucket
|
|
// object.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Bucket: The Amazon S3 bucket in which you want Elastic Transcoder to
|
|
// save thumbnail files.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Permissions (Optional): The Permissions object specifies which users
|
|
// and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups you want to have access to thumbnail
|
|
// files, and the type of access you want them to have. You can grant permissions
|
|
// to a maximum of 30 users and/or predefined Amazon S3 groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// * GranteeType: Specify the type of value that appears in the Grantee object:
|
|
//
|
|
// Canonical: The value in the Grantee object is either the canonical user ID
|
|
// for an AWS account or an origin access identity for an Amazon CloudFront
|
|
// distribution.
|
|
//
|
|
// A canonical user ID is not the same as an AWS account number.
|
|
//
|
|
// Email: The value in the Grantee object is the registered email address of
|
|
// an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Group: The value in the Grantee object is one of the following predefined
|
|
// Amazon S3 groups: AllUsers, AuthenticatedUsers, or LogDelivery.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Grantee: The AWS user or group that you want to have access to thumbnail
|
|
// files. To identify the user or group, you can specify the canonical user
|
|
// ID for an AWS account, an origin access identity for a CloudFront distribution,
|
|
// the registered email address of an AWS account, or a predefined Amazon
|
|
// S3 group.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Access: The permission that you want to give to the AWS user that you
|
|
// specified in Grantee. Permissions are granted on the thumbnail files that
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder adds to the bucket. Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// READ: The grantee can read the thumbnails and metadata for objects that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// READ_ACP: The grantee can read the object ACL for thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// WRITE_ACP: The grantee can write the ACL for the thumbnails that Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// FULL_CONTROL: The grantee has READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions for
|
|
// the thumbnails that Elastic Transcoder adds to the Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
//
|
|
// * StorageClass: The Amazon S3 storage class, Standard or ReducedRedundancy,
|
|
// that you want Elastic Transcoder to assign to the thumbnails that it stores
|
|
// in your Amazon S3 bucket.
|
|
ThumbnailConfig *PipelineOutputConfig `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePipelineInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ContentConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.ContentConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("ContentConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ThumbnailConfig != nil {
|
|
if err := s.ThumbnailConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("ThumbnailConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAwsKmsKeyArn sets the AwsKmsKeyArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetAwsKmsKeyArn(v string) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.AwsKmsKeyArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentConfig sets the ContentConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetContentConfig(v *PipelineOutputConfig) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.ContentConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetId(v string) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputBucket sets the InputBucket field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetInputBucket(v string) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.InputBucket = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetName(v string) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotifications sets the Notifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetNotifications(v *Notifications) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Notifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetRole(v string) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.Role = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetThumbnailConfig sets the ThumbnailConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineInput) SetThumbnailConfig(v *PipelineOutputConfig) *UpdatePipelineInput {
|
|
s.ThumbnailConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The UpdatePipelineNotificationsRequest structure.
|
|
type UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the pipeline for which you want to change notification
|
|
// settings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The topic ARN for the Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic
|
|
// that you want to notify to report job status.
|
|
//
|
|
// To receive notifications, you must also subscribe to the new topic in the
|
|
// Amazon SNS console.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Progressing: The topic ARN for the Amazon Simple Notification Service
|
|
// (Amazon SNS) topic that you want to notify when Elastic Transcoder has
|
|
// started to process jobs that are added to this pipeline. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Completed: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder has finished processing a job. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Warning: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder encounters a warning condition. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Error: The topic ARN for the Amazon SNS topic that you want to notify
|
|
// when Elastic Transcoder encounters an error condition. This is the ARN
|
|
// that Amazon SNS returned when you created the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// Notifications is a required field
|
|
Notifications *Notifications `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Notifications == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Notifications"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) SetId(v string) *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNotifications sets the Notifications field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput) SetNotifications(v *Notifications) *UpdatePipelineNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.Notifications = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The UpdatePipelineNotificationsResponse structure.
|
|
type UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the pipeline
|
|
// associated with this notification.
|
|
Pipeline *Pipeline `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipeline sets the Pipeline field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput) SetPipeline(v *Pipeline) *UpdatePipelineNotificationsOutput {
|
|
s.Pipeline = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When you update a pipeline, Elastic Transcoder returns the values that you
|
|
// specified in the request.
|
|
type UpdatePipelineOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The pipeline updated by this UpdatePipelineResponse call.
|
|
Pipeline *Pipeline `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder returns a warning if the resources used by your pipeline
|
|
// are not in the same region as the pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Using resources in the same region, such as your Amazon S3 buckets, Amazon
|
|
// SNS notification topics, and AWS KMS key, reduces processing time and prevents
|
|
// cross-regional charges.
|
|
Warnings []*Warning `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipeline sets the Pipeline field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineOutput) SetPipeline(v *Pipeline) *UpdatePipelineOutput {
|
|
s.Pipeline = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWarnings sets the Warnings field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineOutput) SetWarnings(v []*Warning) *UpdatePipelineOutput {
|
|
s.Warnings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The UpdatePipelineStatusRequest structure.
|
|
type UpdatePipelineStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the pipeline to update.
|
|
//
|
|
// Id is a required field
|
|
Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Id" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The desired status of the pipeline:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Active: The pipeline is processing jobs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Paused: The pipeline is not currently processing jobs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Status is a required field
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePipelineStatusInput"}
|
|
if s.Id == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Status == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineStatusInput) SetId(v string) *UpdatePipelineStatusInput {
|
|
s.Id = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineStatusInput) SetStatus(v string) *UpdatePipelineStatusInput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When you update status for a pipeline, Elastic Transcoder returns the values
|
|
// that you specified in the request.
|
|
type UpdatePipelineStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A section of the response body that provides information about the pipeline.
|
|
Pipeline *Pipeline `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePipelineStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPipeline sets the Pipeline field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePipelineStatusOutput) SetPipeline(v *Pipeline) *UpdatePipelineStatusOutput {
|
|
s.Pipeline = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The VideoParameters structure.
|
|
type VideoParameters struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To better control resolution and aspect ratio of output videos, we recommend
|
|
// that you use the values MaxWidth, MaxHeight, SizingPolicy, PaddingPolicy,
|
|
// and DisplayAspectRatio instead of Resolution and AspectRatio. The two groups
|
|
// of settings are mutually exclusive. Do not use them together.
|
|
//
|
|
// The display aspect ratio of the video in the output file. Valid values include:
|
|
//
|
|
// auto, 1:1, 4:3, 3:2, 16:9
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify auto, Elastic Transcoder tries to preserve the aspect ratio
|
|
// of the input file.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify an aspect ratio for the output file that differs from aspect
|
|
// ratio of the input file, Elastic Transcoder adds pillarboxing (black bars
|
|
// on the sides) or letterboxing (black bars on the top and bottom) to maintain
|
|
// the aspect ratio of the active region of the video.
|
|
AspectRatio *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The bit rate of the video stream in the output file, in kilobits/second.
|
|
// Valid values depend on the values of Level and Profile. If you specify auto,
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder uses the detected bit rate of the input source. If you
|
|
// specify a value other than auto, we recommend that you specify a value less
|
|
// than or equal to the maximum H.264-compliant value listed for your level
|
|
// and profile:
|
|
//
|
|
// Level - Maximum video bit rate in kilobits/second (baseline and main Profile)
|
|
// : maximum video bit rate in kilobits/second (high Profile)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1 - 64 : 80
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1b - 128 : 160
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.1 - 192 : 240
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.2 - 384 : 480
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.3 - 768 : 960
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 - 2000 : 2500
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3 - 10000 : 12500
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3.1 - 14000 : 17500
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3.2 - 20000 : 25000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 4 - 20000 : 25000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 4.1 - 50000 : 62500
|
|
BitRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The video codec for the output file. Valid values include gif, H.264, mpeg2,
|
|
// vp8, and vp9. You can only specify vp8 and vp9 when the container type is
|
|
// webm, gif when the container type is gif, and mpeg2 when the container type
|
|
// is mpg.
|
|
Codec *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Profile (H.264/VP8/VP9 Only)
|
|
//
|
|
// The H.264 profile that you want to use for the output file. Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// supports the following profiles:
|
|
//
|
|
// * baseline: The profile most commonly used for videoconferencing and for
|
|
// mobile applications.
|
|
//
|
|
// * main: The profile used for standard-definition digital TV broadcasts.
|
|
//
|
|
// * high: The profile used for high-definition digital TV broadcasts and
|
|
// for Blu-ray discs.
|
|
//
|
|
// Level (H.264 Only)
|
|
//
|
|
// The H.264 level that you want to use for the output file. Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// supports the following levels:
|
|
//
|
|
// 1, 1b, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 4, 4.1
|
|
//
|
|
// MaxReferenceFrames (H.264 Only)
|
|
//
|
|
// Applicable only when the value of Video:Codec is H.264. The maximum number
|
|
// of previously decoded frames to use as a reference for decoding future frames.
|
|
// Valid values are integers 0 through 16, but we recommend that you not use
|
|
// a value greater than the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// Min(Floor(Maximum decoded picture buffer in macroblocks * 256 / (Width in
|
|
// pixels * Height in pixels)), 16)
|
|
//
|
|
// where Width in pixels and Height in pixels represent either MaxWidth and
|
|
// MaxHeight, or Resolution. Maximum decoded picture buffer in macroblocks depends
|
|
// on the value of the Level object. See the list below. (A macroblock is a
|
|
// block of pixels measuring 16x16.)
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1 - 396
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1b - 396
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.1 - 900
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.2 - 2376
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.3 - 2376
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 - 2376
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2.1 - 4752
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2.2 - 8100
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3 - 8100
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3.1 - 18000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3.2 - 20480
|
|
//
|
|
// * 4 - 32768
|
|
//
|
|
// * 4.1 - 32768
|
|
//
|
|
// MaxBitRate (Optional, H.264/MPEG2/VP8/VP9 only)
|
|
//
|
|
// The maximum number of bits per second in a video buffer; the size of the
|
|
// buffer is specified by BufferSize. Specify a value between 16 and 62,500.
|
|
// You can reduce the bandwidth required to stream a video by reducing the maximum
|
|
// bit rate, but this also reduces the quality of the video.
|
|
//
|
|
// BufferSize (Optional, H.264/MPEG2/VP8/VP9 only)
|
|
//
|
|
// The maximum number of bits in any x seconds of the output video. This window
|
|
// is commonly 10 seconds, the standard segment duration when you're using FMP4
|
|
// or MPEG-TS for the container type of the output video. Specify an integer
|
|
// greater than 0. If you specify MaxBitRate and omit BufferSize, Elastic Transcoder
|
|
// sets BufferSize to 10 times the value of MaxBitRate.
|
|
//
|
|
// InterlacedMode (Optional, H.264/MPEG2 Only)
|
|
//
|
|
// The interlace mode for the output video.
|
|
//
|
|
// Interlaced video is used to double the perceived frame rate for a video by
|
|
// interlacing two fields (one field on every other line, the other field on
|
|
// the other lines) so that the human eye registers multiple pictures per frame.
|
|
// Interlacing reduces the bandwidth required for transmitting a video, but
|
|
// can result in blurred images and flickering.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values include Progressive (no interlacing, top to bottom), TopFirst
|
|
// (top field first), BottomFirst (bottom field first), and Auto.
|
|
//
|
|
// If InterlaceMode is not specified, Elastic Transcoder uses Progressive for
|
|
// the output. If Auto is specified, Elastic Transcoder interlaces the output.
|
|
//
|
|
// ColorSpaceConversionMode (Optional, H.264/MPEG2 Only)
|
|
//
|
|
// The color space conversion Elastic Transcoder applies to the output video.
|
|
// Color spaces are the algorithms used by the computer to store information
|
|
// about how to render color. Bt.601 is the standard for standard definition
|
|
// video, while Bt.709 is the standard for high definition video.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values include None, Bt709toBt601, Bt601toBt709, and Auto.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you chose Auto for ColorSpaceConversionMode and your output is interlaced,
|
|
// your frame rate is one of 23.97, 24, 25, 29.97, 50, or 60, your SegmentDuration
|
|
// is null, and you are using one of the resolution changes from the list below,
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder applies the following color space conversions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Standard to HD, 720x480 to 1920x1080 - Elastic Transcoder applies Bt601ToBt709
|
|
//
|
|
// * Standard to HD, 720x576 to 1920x1080 - Elastic Transcoder applies Bt601ToBt709
|
|
//
|
|
// * HD to Standard, 1920x1080 to 720x480 - Elastic Transcoder applies Bt709ToBt601
|
|
//
|
|
// * HD to Standard, 1920x1080 to 720x576 - Elastic Transcoder applies Bt709ToBt601
|
|
//
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder may change the behavior of the ColorspaceConversionModeAuto
|
|
// mode in the future. All outputs in a playlist must use the same ColorSpaceConversionMode.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you do not specify a ColorSpaceConversionMode, Elastic Transcoder does
|
|
// not change the color space of a file. If you are unsure what ColorSpaceConversionMode
|
|
// was applied to your output file, you can check the AppliedColorSpaceConversion
|
|
// parameter included in your job response. If your job does not have an AppliedColorSpaceConversion
|
|
// in its response, no ColorSpaceConversionMode was applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// ChromaSubsampling
|
|
//
|
|
// The sampling pattern for the chroma (color) channels of the output video.
|
|
// Valid values include yuv420p and yuv422p.
|
|
//
|
|
// yuv420p samples the chroma information of every other horizontal and every
|
|
// other vertical line, yuv422p samples the color information of every horizontal
|
|
// line and every other vertical line.
|
|
//
|
|
// LoopCount (Gif Only)
|
|
//
|
|
// The number of times you want the output gif to loop. Valid values include
|
|
// Infinite and integers between 0 and 100, inclusive.
|
|
CodecOptions map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// The value that Elastic Transcoder adds to the metadata in the output file.
|
|
DisplayAspectRatio *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Applicable only when the value of Video:Codec is one of H.264, MPEG2, or
|
|
// VP8.
|
|
//
|
|
// Whether to use a fixed value for FixedGOP. Valid values are true and false:
|
|
//
|
|
// * true: Elastic Transcoder uses the value of KeyframesMaxDist for the
|
|
// distance between key frames (the number of frames in a group of pictures,
|
|
// or GOP).
|
|
//
|
|
// * false: The distance between key frames can vary.
|
|
//
|
|
// FixedGOP must be set to true for fmp4 containers.
|
|
FixedGOP *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The frames per second for the video stream in the output file. Valid values
|
|
// include:
|
|
//
|
|
// auto, 10, 15, 23.97, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 60
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify auto, Elastic Transcoder uses the detected frame rate of the
|
|
// input source. If you specify a frame rate, we recommend that you perform
|
|
// the following calculation:
|
|
//
|
|
// Frame rate = maximum recommended decoding speed in luma samples/second /
|
|
// (width in pixels * height in pixels)
|
|
//
|
|
// where:
|
|
//
|
|
// * width in pixels and height in pixels represent the Resolution of the
|
|
// output video.
|
|
//
|
|
// * maximum recommended decoding speed in Luma samples/second is less than
|
|
// or equal to the maximum value listed in the following table, based on
|
|
// the value that you specified for Level.
|
|
//
|
|
// The maximum recommended decoding speed in Luma samples/second for each level
|
|
// is described in the following list (Level - Decoding speed):
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1 - 380160
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1b - 380160
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.1 - 76800
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.2 - 1536000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 1.3 - 3041280
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2 - 3041280
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2.1 - 5068800
|
|
//
|
|
// * 2.2 - 5184000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3 - 10368000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3.1 - 27648000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 3.2 - 55296000
|
|
//
|
|
// * 4 - 62914560
|
|
//
|
|
// * 4.1 - 62914560
|
|
FrameRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Applicable only when the value of Video:Codec is one of H.264, MPEG2, or
|
|
// VP8.
|
|
//
|
|
// The maximum number of frames between key frames. Key frames are fully encoded
|
|
// frames; the frames between key frames are encoded based, in part, on the
|
|
// content of the key frames. The value is an integer formatted as a string;
|
|
// valid values are between 1 (every frame is a key frame) and 100000, inclusive.
|
|
// A higher value results in higher compression but may also discernibly decrease
|
|
// video quality.
|
|
//
|
|
// For Smooth outputs, the FrameRate must have a constant ratio to the KeyframesMaxDist.
|
|
// This allows Smooth playlists to switch between different quality levels while
|
|
// the file is being played.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, an input file can have a FrameRate of 30 with a KeyframesMaxDist
|
|
// of 90. The output file then needs to have a ratio of 1:3. Valid outputs would
|
|
// have FrameRate of 30, 25, and 10, and KeyframesMaxDist of 90, 75, and 30,
|
|
// respectively.
|
|
//
|
|
// Alternately, this can be achieved by setting FrameRate to auto and having
|
|
// the same values for MaxFrameRate and KeyframesMaxDist.
|
|
KeyframesMaxDist *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// If you specify auto for FrameRate, Elastic Transcoder uses the frame rate
|
|
// of the input video for the frame rate of the output video. Specify the maximum
|
|
// frame rate that you want Elastic Transcoder to use when the frame rate of
|
|
// the input video is greater than the desired maximum frame rate of the output
|
|
// video. Valid values include: 10, 15, 23.97, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 60.
|
|
MaxFrameRate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum height of the output video in pixels. If you specify auto, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder uses 1080 (Full HD) as the default value. If you specify a numeric
|
|
// value, enter an even integer between 96 and 3072.
|
|
MaxHeight *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum width of the output video in pixels. If you specify auto, Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder uses 1920 (Full HD) as the default value. If you specify a numeric
|
|
// value, enter an even integer between 128 and 4096.
|
|
MaxWidth *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When you set PaddingPolicy to Pad, Elastic Transcoder may add black bars
|
|
// to the top and bottom and/or left and right sides of the output video to
|
|
// make the total size of the output video match the values that you specified
|
|
// for MaxWidth and MaxHeight.
|
|
PaddingPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// To better control resolution and aspect ratio of output videos, we recommend
|
|
// that you use the values MaxWidth, MaxHeight, SizingPolicy, PaddingPolicy,
|
|
// and DisplayAspectRatio instead of Resolution and AspectRatio. The two groups
|
|
// of settings are mutually exclusive. Do not use them together.
|
|
//
|
|
// The width and height of the video in the output file, in pixels. Valid values
|
|
// are auto and width x height:
|
|
//
|
|
// * auto: Elastic Transcoder attempts to preserve the width and height of
|
|
// the input file, subject to the following rules.
|
|
//
|
|
// * width x height: The width and height of the output video in pixels.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note the following about specifying the width and height:
|
|
//
|
|
// * The width must be an even integer between 128 and 4096, inclusive.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The height must be an even integer between 96 and 3072, inclusive.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If you specify a resolution that is less than the resolution of the
|
|
// input file, Elastic Transcoder rescales the output file to the lower resolution.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If you specify a resolution that is greater than the resolution of the
|
|
// input file, Elastic Transcoder rescales the output to the higher resolution.
|
|
//
|
|
// * We recommend that you specify a resolution for which the product of
|
|
// width and height is less than or equal to the applicable value in the
|
|
// following list (List - Max width x height value):
|
|
//
|
|
// 1 - 25344
|
|
//
|
|
// 1b - 25344
|
|
//
|
|
// 1.1 - 101376
|
|
//
|
|
// 1.2 - 101376
|
|
//
|
|
// 1.3 - 101376
|
|
//
|
|
// 2 - 101376
|
|
//
|
|
// 2.1 - 202752
|
|
//
|
|
// 2.2 - 404720
|
|
//
|
|
// 3 - 404720
|
|
//
|
|
// 3.1 - 921600
|
|
//
|
|
// 3.2 - 1310720
|
|
//
|
|
// 4 - 2097152
|
|
//
|
|
// 4.1 - 2097152
|
|
Resolution *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specify one of the following values to control scaling of the output video:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fit: Elastic Transcoder scales the output video so it matches the value
|
|
// that you specified in either MaxWidth or MaxHeight without exceeding the
|
|
// other value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Fill: Elastic Transcoder scales the output video so it matches the value
|
|
// that you specified in either MaxWidth or MaxHeight and matches or exceeds
|
|
// the other value. Elastic Transcoder centers the output video and then
|
|
// crops it in the dimension (if any) that exceeds the maximum value.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Stretch: Elastic Transcoder stretches the output video to match the
|
|
// values that you specified for MaxWidth and MaxHeight. If the relative
|
|
// proportions of the input video and the output video are different, the
|
|
// output video will be distorted.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Keep: Elastic Transcoder does not scale the output video. If either
|
|
// dimension of the input video exceeds the values that you specified for
|
|
// MaxWidth and MaxHeight, Elastic Transcoder crops the output video.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ShrinkToFit: Elastic Transcoder scales the output video down so that
|
|
// its dimensions match the values that you specified for at least one of
|
|
// MaxWidth and MaxHeight without exceeding either value. If you specify
|
|
// this option, Elastic Transcoder does not scale the video up.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ShrinkToFill: Elastic Transcoder scales the output video down so that
|
|
// its dimensions match the values that you specified for at least one of
|
|
// MaxWidth and MaxHeight without dropping below either value. If you specify
|
|
// this option, Elastic Transcoder does not scale the video up.
|
|
SizingPolicy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings for the size, location, and opacity of graphics that you want Elastic
|
|
// Transcoder to overlay over videos that are transcoded using this preset.
|
|
// You can specify settings for up to four watermarks. Watermarks appear in
|
|
// the specified size and location, and with the specified opacity for the duration
|
|
// of the transcoded video.
|
|
//
|
|
// Watermarks can be in .png or .jpg format. If you want to display a watermark
|
|
// that is not rectangular, use the .png format, which supports transparency.
|
|
//
|
|
// When you create a job that uses this preset, you specify the .png or .jpg
|
|
// graphics that you want Elastic Transcoder to include in the transcoded videos.
|
|
// You can specify fewer graphics in the job than you specify watermark settings
|
|
// in the preset, which allows you to use the same preset for up to four watermarks
|
|
// that have different dimensions.
|
|
Watermarks []*PresetWatermark `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VideoParameters) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VideoParameters) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoParameters"}
|
|
if s.Watermarks != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Watermarks {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Watermarks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAspectRatio sets the AspectRatio field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetAspectRatio(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.AspectRatio = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBitRate sets the BitRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetBitRate(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.BitRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetCodec(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.Codec = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCodecOptions sets the CodecOptions field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetCodecOptions(v map[string]*string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.CodecOptions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisplayAspectRatio sets the DisplayAspectRatio field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetDisplayAspectRatio(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.DisplayAspectRatio = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFixedGOP sets the FixedGOP field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetFixedGOP(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.FixedGOP = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFrameRate sets the FrameRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetFrameRate(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.FrameRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyframesMaxDist sets the KeyframesMaxDist field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetKeyframesMaxDist(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.KeyframesMaxDist = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxFrameRate sets the MaxFrameRate field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetMaxFrameRate(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.MaxFrameRate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxHeight sets the MaxHeight field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetMaxHeight(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.MaxHeight = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxWidth sets the MaxWidth field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetMaxWidth(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.MaxWidth = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPaddingPolicy sets the PaddingPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetPaddingPolicy(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.PaddingPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetResolution(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.Resolution = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSizingPolicy sets the SizingPolicy field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetSizingPolicy(v string) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.SizingPolicy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetWatermarks sets the Watermarks field's value.
|
|
func (s *VideoParameters) SetWatermarks(v []*PresetWatermark) *VideoParameters {
|
|
s.Watermarks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Elastic Transcoder returns a warning if the resources used by your pipeline
|
|
// are not in the same region as the pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// Using resources in the same region, such as your Amazon S3 buckets, Amazon
|
|
// SNS notification topics, and AWS KMS key, reduces processing time and prevents
|
|
// cross-regional charges.
|
|
type Warning struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The code of the cross-regional warning.
|
|
Code *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The message explaining what resources are in a different region from the
|
|
// pipeline.
|
|
//
|
|
// AWS KMS keys must be in the same region as the pipeline.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Warning) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Warning) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
|
|
func (s *Warning) SetCode(v string) *Warning {
|
|
s.Code = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *Warning) SetMessage(v string) *Warning {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|